Quarterlytics / Restaurants / Revolution Bars Group

Revolution Bars Group

rbg · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker rbg
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Restaurants
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Revolution Bars Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
R

e

v

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

B

a

r

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

For the
TRENDSETTERS

PARTYGOERS
UNWINDERS

Amazing venues for everyone  
Annual Report and accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Our purpose is to create fun and memorable 
experiences with our teams and guests.

We do this through our diverse portfolio of  
venues, catering for everyone from the  
socialisers, to the late-nighters, to the  
celebrators and the cocktail-makers.

Come on in
It’s the place
Where everyone
wants to be

STRATEGIC REPORT
02   Chairman’s Statement
04   Welcome to Peach
06   At a Glance
08   Why Invest?
10   Our Business Model
12   Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
16   Our Strategy
22   Section 172(1) Statement
24  Financial Review
28  Risk Report
32  Responsible Business 
36 

 Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures Report (“TCFD”)

 GOVERNANCE REPORT
54  Board of Directors
56  Senior Management
57 
58 

 Chairman’s Introduction to Governance
 Governance Section: Quoted Companies 
Alliance Code Compliance

63  Board Activity
 Nominations Committee Report
64 
 Audit Committee Report
66 
71 
 Directors’ Remuneration Report
73  Directors’ Remuneration Policy
75  Annual Report on Remuneration
79  Directors’ Report
82 

 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in  
Respect of the Financial Statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
84 

90 

 Independent Auditors’ Report to the  
Members of Revolution Bars Group plc
 Consolidated Statement of Profit or  
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Information

91 
92 
93 
94 
120   Company Statement of Financial Position
 Company Statement of Changes in Equity
121 
121 
 Company Statement of Cash Flows
122   Notes to the Company Financial Information
126  Glossary
127  Corporate Information

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

01

Highlights

Financials

£152.6m

Revenue

£117.1m

Gross margin

£6.6m

APM Adjusted EBITDA*

£(22.2)m

(LOSS)/PROFIT before tax

23

22

21

£152.6m

£140.8m

23

22

21

£39.4m

£117.1m

£110.1m

23

22

£6.6m

£(22.2)m

£10.2m

£28.1m

£(12.0)m

21

£(26.3)m

23

22

21

£2.1m

89

Venues

OPERATIONAL

35%

Energy Consumption 
Reduction**

3,591

 Colleagues

23

22

21

89

23

22

21

69

67

35%

32%

23

22

21

19%

3,591

2,827

2,495

*   Adjusted performance measures Adjusted EBITDA reflects the IAS 17 position and 
excludes exceptional items, share-based payment charges and bar opening costs 
(see reconciliation table in the Financial Review).

**  Like-for-like reduction of energy consumption since 2017.

Sustainability

• 

• 

 Revolution Bars Group was proud to announce 
in June 2023 that due to its commitment to reach net 
zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 across 
operations and supply, it has had its net zero target 
assessed and approved by the Science Based 
Targets initiative.

• 

• 

 Revolution Bars Group was among the first 
companies in the UK to have their net zero targets 
approved and aligned to the 1.5-degree pathway 
ambition.

 Energy consumption is 35% down since 2017,  
largely attributed to increased LED coverage  
and the amazing performance of our Zero Heroes.

 Relationships built with suppliers and peers have 
continued to allow the Group to collaborate in the 
Hospitality sector and overcome common obstacles 
in our aim for Net Zero.

See page 36 for more

Page TitleStrategic Report

02

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Chairman’s statement

Peach
Acquisition 
Delivering

Peach Pubs acquisition

Focus on costs

Diversified portfolio

People-focused strategies

See page 16 for more

£152.6m

Total Group revenues 
across five brands

Given the fundamental changes in the 
market, management is undertaking key 
strategic brand proposition work on our 
main bar brands to ensure we remain our 
guests’ first choice when they’re able to 
enjoy out-of-home experiences. Christmas 
was, yet again, impacted by external 
factors, this time by train strikes after the 
two previous years of COVID-19 restrictions. 
Th train strikes particularly impacted our 
walk-in trade, whilst corporate party 
bookings remained strong. We are very 
excited by the current level of bookings 
made for Christmas 2023.

It is pleasing to see our guests’ inclination to 
recommend Revolution bars through our 
feedback tracking, which has never been 
higher and gives us confidence that once our 
guests can afford to do so, we will see visit 
frequency improve.

Whilst performance and our brands remain a 
key focus, we of course maintain our focus 
on offering a rewarding workplace to our 
teams, ensuring we retain key partnerships 
with our wellbeing partners and continuing 
to drive progress in our Diversity & Inclusion, 
Wellbeing and Sustainability journeys.

I was delighted that the Group managed to 
complete the exciting acquisition of Peach 
Pubs in October 2022. I am immensely proud 
of the management team’s ability in both 
managing the integration of Peach Pubs 
whilst at the same time having to operate in 
the most difficult of trading environments 
with a cost-of-living crisis, compounded by 
high inflation, train strikes and permanent 
change post COVID-19 of the office 
workforce working from home. 

We have nearly completed our integration of 
the Pubs, with the only synergies still to be 
delivered being contracts and systems which 
will provide added benefits to our strong 
brand of pubs. We remain confident in 
delivering the £1.5 million of annual synergies 
we identified at the time of making the 
acquisition in FY25. This acquisition has 
already delivered much needed diversification 
of sales and guests to tackle the changing 
environment and consumer trends seen 
post-pandemic. When the sun shines, we now 
get to benefit from our guests flocking to the 
lovely outside spaces at our pubs.

Our Revolution brand has however been 
particularly impacted by the reduced footfall 
as a result of the well-publicised challenges 
faced by our young guest base. Revolución 
de Cuba has performed well, particularly in 
the second half of the year, as we see the 
results of the initial actions taken as a result 
of our review of the brand proposition.  

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

03

Our business
At the end of the reporting period the Group 
operated 89 venues (2022: 69 not including 
Peach Pubs) consisting of the following 
brands: Revolution (47 bars), focused on 
young adults; Revolución de Cuba (18 bars), 
which attracts a broader age range; Peach 
Pubs (21 pubs), attracting a more affluent 
guest base, Playhouse (two bars), a 
competitive socialising offering; and 
Founders & Co. (one bar), an artisanal market 
place experience. After year-end we closed 
one Revolution bar and opened one new 
Peach Pub.

In FY23, we refurbished five bars in the first 
half of the year as well as converting a 
second bar into a Playhouse, and investing in 
sustainability, IT and other key investments. 
Our refurbishment strategy was paused in 
January 2023 whilst we manage the 
cost-of-living cost impacts on our guests and 
our business, and we intend to resume 
progress when appropriate.

Our results
Sales of £152.6 million (2022: £140.8 million) 
were 8.4% higher than the previous year as a 
result of the acquisition of Peach Pubs and 
the associated increased sales from pubs in 
the last eight months of the year. This offset 
the impact of the cost-of-living crisis and 
resulting lack of consumer confidence 
particularly felt by our young guest base in 
bars. The current year was significantly 
affected by macroeconomic factors outside 
of our control, with none of the last three 
years representing the true Christmas 
trading that the Group can deliver when not 
disrupted by external factors.

Our statutory loss before tax for the year of 
£(22.2) million (2022: profit before tax of £2.1 
million) is significantly impacted by non-cash 
exceptional impairment charges. Adjusted1 
EBITDA, our preferred KPI, removes the 
impact of non-cash and non-recurring 
elements to show a true reflection of 
performance. Though this measure is also 
significantly influenced by IFRS 16 and thus 
the Directors believe that business progress 
is best measured by the directly comparable 
IAS 17 Alternative Performance Measures3 
(“APM”) of adjusted1 EBITDA profit of £6.6 
million (2022: profit of £10.2 million). The 
reduction in APM3 adjusted1 EBITDA is a direct 
result of heightened costs and the 
challenging sales environment.

During FY23, the Group refinanced its 
banking facilities resulting in full repayment 
of all existing Coronavirus Large Business 
Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) term 
loans, and the previous Revolving Credit 
Facility (“RCF”) being replaced with a new 
£30.0 million RCF. This was utilised for 
repayment of existing debts and to fund the 
acquisition of Peach Pubs. As at 15 October 
2023, the Group had net debt of £23.2 million.

Our Board
There have been no changes to the Board in 
the year. With COVID-19 firmly behind us, the 
Board has been able to return to in-person 
meetings and has continued its focus on 
strategy, performance improvement of the 
business, and Governance matters.

The Board and Executive Management 
group continue to work closely together, with 
the Board providing challenge, a sounding 
board and support to Management 
decisions.

Our People
The Group is led by an experienced and 
committed Executive Management team with 
proven credentials who continue to navigate 
the challenging trading conditions the 
industry faces, supported by the Board. Our 
young, ambitious workforce create amazing 
experiences in all our bars and pubs, and 
I would like to extend my thanks to the whole 
team for continuing to demonstrate 
remarkable resilience and enthusiasm, and 
delivering excellent service to our guests.

Our Future
Year-to-date like-for-like2 (“LFL”) revenue, 
compared to FY23, has been -5.5%. 
However, in the past three weeks this has 
improved to -3.5% as a result of improved 
performance in Revolution bars following the 
return of students, continued positive 
momentum in Revolución de Cuba bars, and 
a continuation of the strong performance 
seen at Peach Pubs. We have confidence in 
the Peach Pub brand’s ability to expand 
across the United Kingdom, when funding 
allows.

The Financial Review provides information 
on liquidity and going concern, and also the 
full going concern disclosures, which include 
references to material uncertainty, can be 
found in note 1.

I am confident that the strong leadership, 
cost focus, and delivery of synergies will 
continue to drive performance and navigate 
us through the continued challenging 
environment.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank 
all our colleagues for their hard work, 
amazing attitudes, and delivery of fun and 
memorable experiences to our guests, as 
well as our stakeholders with particular 
thanks to the continued support of our 
suppliers.

Keith Edelman
Non-Executive Chairman
16 October 2023

3,591

Amazing Colleagues  
across the group

Entertainers

PERFORMERS

World class entertainment from dancers, 
DJs, live bands, singers, and everything in 
between. All our venues offer an exciting 
place to relax, enjoy amazing food and 
drink, whilst being thoroughly entertained.

See page 6 for more

1  Adjusted performance measures exclude 

2 

exceptional items, share-based payment charges 
and bar opening costs.
Like-for-like (“LFL”) sales are same site sales 
defined as sales at only those venues that traded in 
the same week in both the current year and most 
recent non-COVID-19 affected comparative period.

3  APM refers to Alternative Performance Measures 
being measures reported on an IAS 17 basis.

Overview

04

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Welcome to Peach
Creating a more balanced and 
diversified business with scale  
and compelling growth potential.

Connoisseurs
Dog-walkers
Gastronomers
Superb suppliers

Overview
In October 2022, we completed the acquisition of 
Peach Pubs, a collection of 21 countryside 
gastropubs. Since the acquisition, we have 
focused our efforts on integrating the new 
colleagues into the Group, driving synergies, and 
ensuring we not only maintain but improve the 
guest experience.

Alignment to our strategy
Both our Pubs and Bars businesses are culturally 
aligned, aiming to provide excellent and exciting 
service to our guest base in amazing venues, with 
a strong food, drink and entertainment offering. 
The Peach teams are an essential part of the 
success of Peach Pubs, as are our respective 
teams for all our brands.

The pubs sit predominantly in the heart of 
England, with lovely outdoor spaces perfect for 
those ever-hotter summers. The affluent guest 
base love visiting the pubs for high-quality food 
and drink in beautiful surroundings.

The brand has strong sustainability credentials, 
and always seeks to do the right thing for its 
guests, teams and local communities.

The strong Executive Management team, which 
already featured plenty of gastropub experience, 
is complemented by the addition of Peach’s senior 
management. Together, we have made great steps 
towards synergies between the businesses that 
will only help to improve guest experiences whilst 
improving performance of the Group.

Visit makinglifepeachy.com to discover more

Page TitleOverview
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

05

Rob Pitcher (CEO)  
on the acquisition  
of peach pubs

Why did the Group acquire  
Peach Pubs?
Fabulous Pubs and Fabulous People 
– providing a perfect opportunity to 
diversify our business and create  
an even stronger platform for  
future growth.

What excites you the most  
about the acquisition?
The opportunity to share best practice 
across both the Bars and the Pubs 
businesses as they learn from each 
other, and we combine the best 
aspects of both businesses to create 
even better experiences for our guests 
and our teams.

What do you think Peach  
brings to the Group?
Peach brings balance to the Group 
and provides another route for future 
growth. When the sun comes out, our 
Pub beer gardens fill with guests 
enjoying themselves, and with people 
working from home on a Friday the 
pub lunch and after-work beer in your 
local Peach pub has never been of 
stronger appeal. There are also a huge 
number of future properties that would 
make an excellent Peach pub and we 
are being approached with potential 
sites all the time.

How are the Peach team  
getting on?
A big part of the decision to purchase 
Peach was the cultural alignment 
between the two businesses. That 
might sound strange given the 
difference in the guest propositions 
but culture has got far more to do  
with mindset and ultimately both 
the Pubs and the Bars are selling 
experiences to our guests. Both 
businesses care passionately  
about their teams, their guests 
and about our wider impact on 
society. Testament to the success 
of the integration is that we have 
almost 100% retention of the 
Head Chef, General Manager 
and Support Centre teams after 
almost 10 months of ownership.

How can we all help make life 
Peachy for our Teams and 
Communities?
Making Life Peachy is our guiding 
principle of the way we do things but 
also our social responsibility plan. We 
should all live by this every day to 
ensure we deliver on our promise to 
make our team’s lives Peachy, serve 
the good stuff, and love our planet.

For our team this looks like creating an 
environment in which they can work, 
learn and grow; for our product this 
means our commitment to try to buy 
local, British and quality sustainable 
produce. It also covers what we do 
around giving back to charities as this 
can make a real difference to the 
communities in which we live and 
operate our pubs.

What can you tell us about the 
Bigger Peach, and what does it 
mean to you?
Bigger Peach is our sustainability 
commitments and our plan to deliver 
on our Net Zero targets. We have 
Planet Heroes in each of the pubs; 
they help us deliver on these 
commitments but also generate the 
ideas to help reduce waste and 
improve our sustainability. The wider 
Group has been industry-leading in 
this area for the last few years, and this 
is something I’m immensely proud of.

Where do you see Peach  
going in the future?
Everywhere! We have made this 
acquisition to grow the Peach  
business and bring the joy of a  
Peachy experience to all parts of  
the UK in the years to come.  
Everyone deserves a bit of  
Peachiness in their lives.

A year into the acquisition,  
what have you learned?
It’s not really something I’ve learned  
but more something that has been 
reaffirmed to me, and that is we 
purchased the best gastropub 
company on the planet.

Which is your favourite  
Pub and why?
No comment! They are all equally 
beautiful in their own way.

We only serve the good stuff. 
For decades, we have sought 
out the very best food and 
drink suppliers.

This is an exciting  
and transformative  
opportunity for the Group.

Strategic Report

06

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

At a glance

We are
for everyone

We are
Bartenders

Our origins

Total venues across the UK 

Our first Revolution bar opened in Manchester in  
1996, and now we have 47 bars across the UK.

1 2

Our first Revolución de Cuba bar opened in Sheffield  
in 2011, and we now operate 18 bars across the UK.

22

We opened our first Founders & Co. in Swansea in  
June 2021, and our first Playhouse in Northampton  
in October 2021, with a second Playhouse opening  
in Newcastle-under-Lyme in November 2022.

On 18 October 2022 we acquired Peach Pubs,  
bringing in 21 award-winning pubs.

18

89 46

Revolution

 Revolución de Cuba

Peach Pubs

Founders & Co.

Playhouse

An exciting high street party venue, serving fresh food and expertly mixed cocktails. Bringing big weekend entertainment, this is where to get the party startedA wide range of premium cocktails and vodka- focused drinks, with regular menu changes ensuring  our cocktails stay on-trend and photo-worthySignature pizzas and burgers,  supported by delicious grazing dishesDelivering the party spirit since 1996,  the best place to celebrate any occasion with  our amazing DJs and entertainmentBringing Cuba to you, an authentic Cuban bar experience where you can bring your amigos for live music, rum-focused cocktails and great tapasRum-led cocktails and Cuban-inspired drinks,  with regular spotlights and innovative menus  of our favourite brandsCuban and Latin American-inspired  tapas-focused food menuAuthentic live Latin music and dance productions, supported by exciting dancers and entertainmentAn eclectic food hall offering four different independent kitchens with a coffee shop, gentleman’s barbers, vintage clothing retailer and community-focused eventsStocked with local drinks, created and curated  by the finest homegrown South Wales talentAn ever-changing array of local food vendors  serve you anything from pizza, burgers, Indian, Mexican… there’s always something new to tryPub quizzes, learn-to-paint, life drawing, baby groups, dogs, creative writing… we’ve got it all! New events  are added and enjoyed regularlyA place to thrill, chill and fill, bringing a mix of next-level gaming experiences, pizza by the  slice and an innovative drinks rangeCocktails on tap and self-service drink dispensers  let you keep on gamingEnjoy a New York-inspired giant pizza slice,  prepared with our freshly made signature dough.  Or try and tackle our metre of pizza if you dareYou’ll find all the classic arcade games here, with the showcase being our huge 10-person racewayBeautiful countryside pubs offering toasty  fireplaces, cosy seating, lovely outdoor spaces,  and a very warm welcomeExcellent wines, local and well-known beers on  tap, all supported by beautifully curated cocktailsAlways serving the good stuff, ensuring we only  serve what we want to eat ourselves, supplied  by the very best suppliersBeautiful spaces to host your own event,  or let our warm and welcoming atmosphere  soothe you after a long, hard dayPage TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

07

We are
food-Lovers

We are
Entertainers

07  Scotland 
11  North-East 
12  North-West 
25  Midlands 

03  Wales 
21  South-East 
09  South-West
 Northern 
01 
Ireland*

*   Revolución de Cuba only in Northern Ireland.

Pubs acquired 
in FY23 

New concept 
bars

21

3

An exciting high street party venue, serving fresh food and expertly mixed cocktails. Bringing big weekend entertainment, this is where to get the party startedA wide range of premium cocktails and vodka- focused drinks, with regular menu changes ensuring  our cocktails stay on-trend and photo-worthySignature pizzas and burgers,  supported by delicious grazing dishesDelivering the party spirit since 1996,  the best place to celebrate any occasion with  our amazing DJs and entertainmentBringing Cuba to you, an authentic Cuban bar experience where you can bring your amigos for live music, rum-focused cocktails and great tapasRum-led cocktails and Cuban-inspired drinks,  with regular spotlights and innovative menus  of our favourite brandsCuban and Latin American-inspired  tapas-focused food menuAuthentic live Latin music and dance productions, supported by exciting dancers and entertainmentAn eclectic food hall offering four different independent kitchens with a coffee shop, gentleman’s barbers, vintage clothing retailer and community-focused eventsStocked with local drinks, created and curated  by the finest homegrown South Wales talentAn ever-changing array of local food vendors  serve you anything from pizza, burgers, Indian, Mexican… there’s always something new to tryPub quizzes, learn-to-paint, life drawing, baby groups, dogs, creative writing… we’ve got it all! New events  are added and enjoyed regularlyA place to thrill, chill and fill, bringing a mix of next-level gaming experiences, pizza by the  slice and an innovative drinks rangeCocktails on tap and self-service drink dispensers  let you keep on gamingEnjoy a New York-inspired giant pizza slice,  prepared with our freshly made signature dough.  Or try and tackle our metre of pizza if you dareYou’ll find all the classic arcade games here, with the showcase being our huge 10-person racewayBeautiful countryside pubs offering toasty  fireplaces, cosy seating, lovely outdoor spaces,  and a very warm welcomeExcellent wines, local and well-known beers on  tap, all supported by beautifully curated cocktailsAlways serving the good stuff, ensuring we only  serve what we want to eat ourselves, supplied  by the very best suppliersBeautiful spaces to host your own event,  or let our warm and welcoming atmosphere  soothe you after a long, hard day 
Strategic Report

08

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Why invest?

five Exciting
premium brands

Revolution has been 
delivering the party spirit 
since 1996 and continues 
to be famed for creating 
fun and memorable 
experiences.

Revolución de Cuba 
presents relatively high 
barriers to entry and 
delivers a highly 
differentiated offering 
in the marketplace.

Peach Pubs is a 
collection of high-quality 
pubs, mainly in market 
towns in the heart of 
England, that serve good 
quality, fresh, honest 
food and drink in relaxed, 
welcoming surroundings.

Founders & Co. is 
an eclectic mix of 
independent food 
vendors, makers, sellers, 
and creators all under 
one roof.

Playhouse, a competitive 
socialising concept filled 
with old and new arcade 
games, a huge 10-car 
raceway, and metre-long 
pizzas.

Our core original brands continue to remain a popular choice 
amongst guests both in the day and for late-night trade. We were 
pleased to open a new Playhouse in FY23, and are especially 
excited with the brilliant performance seen at our Founders & Co. 
market hall.

We were thrilled to bring a fifth brand into the Group in October 
2022, with the acquisition of 21 award-winning pubs from the Peach 
Pub company, which offers further diversification and a business with 
growth potential across the United Kingdom.

Always putting
people first

Our Purpose 
We create fun  
and memorable 
experiences  
with our teams  
and guests.

Our vision 
The place  
where everyone  
wants to be.

Our values
Fun 
It’s at the heart of what we  
do, it’s who we are. Have fun, 
be fun and create fun.

Integrity 
Just doing the right thing, 
because it’s the right thing  
to do!

Ambition 
Always striving to be the  
best version of ourselves.

Recognition 
Creatively rewarding and 
recognising the achievements 
of all our people.

Experienced Executive and 
Management teams 
empowered by the Board to 
maximise performance

Purpose, Vision and Values 
embedded throughout the 
businesses

Culturally aligned brands, 
ensuring our teams are  
always doing the right thing

Engaging our 3,500-strong 
passionate team

Attracting new talent and 
ensuring we are the employer 
of choice

3,591

Passionate team members

See page 32 for more

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

09

Clear strategy
in place

Maximising Revenue & Profit

Drive Brand Awareness and 
ESG including Sustainability 
and Employee Value 
Proposition

Developing the Guest 
Experience

21

Pubs acquired in FY23

Cost control, mitigating risks 
wherever possible

Diversification of Sales via new 
concepts and workstreams

See page 4 for more

Financially
well supported

Strong cash generation with 
£9.7 million cash generated 
from operating activities (2022: 
£25.8 million), meaning when 
allowed to trade without 
external factors or cost of 
acquisition the business is cash 
generative

Exciting addition of Peach Pubs 
which supports strong cash 
generation, even in hot 
weather where the Group 
has previously struggled

Debt target to below one times 
APM (IAS 17) adjusted EBITDA

Net debt as at the end of FY23 
of £21.6 million (2022: net cash 
of £4.1 million)

£9.7M

Cash generated from 
operating activities

See page 24 for more

Strategic Report

10

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Our business model

Our business model is built on core strategies driving 
improved performance and exciting new opportunities.

Leveraging our sources  
of competitive advantage

Creating value from  
our guest proposition

Five diverse brands

Revolution and Revolución de Cuba, both of 
which are synonymous with a fun night out

Two newer brands, Founders & Co. and 
Playhouse, diversifying our guest offering,  
and recent acquisition of fifth brand, Peach 

Refurbishments and new bars

Five refurbishments completed in FY23 H1,  
with programme paused until funds allow

Two new Revolution bars opened in FY22,  
and one new Playhouse opened in FY23 

Experienced and skilled team

Highly experienced and dedicated Executive 
and Management teams empowered by the 
Board to deliver growth

Complemented by the addition of strong 
management at Peach 

Strong financial structure

Strong cash generation enhanced by 
diversification through acquisition of  
Peach and strong relationship with bank

5

3,591

Brands at year-end

colleagues

1

£21.6m

new Playhouse in FY23

net debt at year-end

FOR THE

CELEBRATORS
ALL-NIGHTERS
PUB-LUNCHERS…

Music-lovers
entertainers
performers…

Cocktails
Beers
Low/No alcohol…

influencers
Brunchers
connoisseurs…

Maximising value

Strong GROWTH strategy

See page 16 for more

Embedded values
See page 32 for more

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

11

Amazing venues  
for everyone

The place everyone wants to be

entertainment and energy

Sharing value with  
our stakeholders

Guests

Fun and safe night out for our young  
guest base at our late-night venues

Warm and welcoming pubs for our  
more affluent guests 

Colleagues

Rewarding roles, with opportunities  
for advancement and improved career 
plans for all levels 

Live music, DJs and entertainers

Shareholders

Delivering value for shareholders through 
growth strategies for the business 

Communities

Vibrant bars and job opportunities at the 
heart of communities, while supporting 
impactful charities

70%

of bar drinks sales
from cocktails and 
spirits

118k

Peach social-media 
followers

89%

Highest ever colleague 
engagement rates

89

Venues

Premium drinks

Over two thirds of bar drinks  
sales from cocktails and spirits

Amazing food  
for every mood

All-day menus that are both  
delicious and Instagram-worthy

Robust risk management

See page 28 for more

Sound governance
See page 57 for more

Low/No alcohol…

Strategic Report

12

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Chief Executive Officer’s  
Statement

ADVANCEMENTS
IN OUR BRAND
OFFERINGS

Sales and Profit focus

Drive Brand awareness

Careful cost control

Art of Hospitality

See page 16 for more

£6.6m

APM Adjusted EBITDA

Business review
After a strong FY22, there has been a 
seismic shift from COVID-19 to the cost-of-
living crisis now being the major factor 
impacting the UK Hospitality sector. With 
COVID-19 now largely behind us, we are 
trading in its wake caused by lockdowns and 
the changes in consumer behaviour which 
include working from home, which has 
especially impacted trade on a Friday 
afternoon and evening in our bars.

It is our young guest base who are the most 
impacted by the current high inflationary 
environment. Young people have seen the 
largest fall in real wages since the real value 
of take-home pay started to fall in May 
2022; this has directly impacted their ability 
to spend on discretionary items such as 
nights out. When able to do so, we are 
pleased to see our guests still choosing us 
as their venue of choice, with their 
propensity to recommend our bars as a 
great place to go at record levels, however 
the strain on their budgets means they are 
less often able to do so.

The other major factor impacting our 
business during the last 12 months has  
been the continuation of industrial action  
on the railways preventing our guests  
from travelling to city centres.  

This targeted approach has continued to 
disrupt major events and key trading days 
across the UK, including payday weekends 
and the week before Christmas, and we 
hope to see this matter resolved before it 
impacts another Christmas trading period.

Clearly, these issues, that are beyond our 
control, have meant we have had to be agile 
and adapt to the changing environment. In 
October 2022 we purchased the Peach Pub 
Company, consisting of 21 gastropubs 
primarily located in the heart of England, in 
desirable market towns. The Peach guest 
brings an exciting and diverse new dynamic 
to the Group, typically being older and more 
affluent than the Group’s traditional guests, 
and therefore more insulated from the 
cost-of-living crisis. Furthermore, the 
work-from-home dynamic benefits Peach 
where guests start their weekends early at 
the pubs rather than venturing into major 
cities or towns. 

In January 2023, our logistics partner 
experienced major issues with the 
implementation of a new IT system which 
resulted in five months of severe disruption 
through our supply chain. This has both had 
an impact on product availability to our 
guests as well as being a major distraction 
for management teams in bar. This disruption 
with our logistics partner has caused a delay 
in delivering the full synergies from the 
Peach acquisition whilst management focus 
was on resolving those issues.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

13

The Peach Pubs brand trades well throughout 
the week and is mainly focused on daytime 
and early-evening trade which offers a great 
diversification for the Group, allowing it to be 
less reliant on weekend and late-night 
trading. The affluent guest base and locations 
also offer mitigation and balance against 
recent macroeconomic factors. Some of the 
pubs offer high-margin accommodation for 
guests with over 80 letting bedrooms, 
providing a new revenue stream for the Group.  
Peach’s revenue mix is approximately 45:49 
between Wet and Food, with c. 6% 
accommodation; after annualisation of the 
Peach brand we expect this to significantly 
increase food sales, taking the Group from a 
previous c. 14% food sales mix to 20%.

Following some of the hottest summers on 
record, the Group’s existing brands have 
been negatively affected by the hot weather 
due to a lack of outdoor space and the 
impact on late-night trading. The Peach 
estate offers extensive, attractive outdoor 
spaces with a proven track record of 
increased sales during good weather. 
Furthermore, the post-pandemic impact of 
working from home has seen an impact on 
city centre trading on Fridays as commuters 
choose to stay home; Peach has benefitted 
from this change as guests now stay local on 
a Friday and visit their pubs for either lunch 
meetings or a post-work drink.

Peach Pubs has delivered +14.1% like-for-like 
sales in FY23 since acquisition, compared to 
2019, clearly demonstrating the additional 
resilience and diversity that the acquisition 
has brought to the Group.

The year began with a record-breaking 
heatwave across the UK, including the 
hottest day in history for England. As a 
business with very little outdoor space, this 
clearly impacted trading at the time, whilst 
demonstrating the need to diversify our 
estate. The summer of 2022 also saw the 
return of restriction-free travel outside of the 
UK, providing our guests with the 
opportunity to experience holidays abroad 
for the first time in a number of years. 
Coupled with the return of major festivals 
and international artists performing delayed 
events, this impacted on summer trading due 
to our target market being a key consumer of 
both European holidays and music festivals.

Inflationary cost pressures have continued, 
driven by unprecedented increase in many 
areas, including the utilities market. These 
inflationary pressures have driven the 
cost-of-living crisis, disproportionately 
impacting our younger guests. We are 
pleased to see the recent fall in utility  
prices and resultant increases in 
consumer confidence. 

We are pleased to see a strong return of our 
corporate guests, with pre-booked party 
revenue for the FY24 festive period now at 
record levels, up 17.7% versus FY23. 
Unfortunately, the above-mentioned industrial 
action had a major impact on walk-in trade 
during the festive period in FY23, without 
which we would have delivered a much 
stronger festive trading season.

Our Brand family
Revolution is aimed at 18 to 30-year-old 
guests. As demonstrated by the CGA Peach 
industry tracker, bars businesses across the 
UK have had a very difficult 12 months due to 
the impact on younger guests. The focus has 
therefore been on providing the very best 
value and guest experiences to tempt our 
guests in, with some strong improvements 
seen in recent months and significant brand 
proposition work is ongoing.

Revolución de Cuba is aimed at a slightly 
older target market who are further into their 
careers, and therefore have more disposable 
income and are therefore more protected 
from the cost-of-living crisis. Having seen a 
difficult six months leading up to the key 
festive trading period, I’m pleased to see  
this guest base has returned more strongly 
in the second half of the financial year.  

With a focus on live entertainment and 
delivering an authentic Cuban experience, 
we are now consistently tracking ahead of 
the wider bars market and have been since 
the turn of the year.

Peach Pubs, since acquisition in October 
2022, has seen continued strong trading that 
has strengthened in recent months with the 
good weather throughout May and June. 
Whilst sales in this brand are buoyant, cost 
pressures are nonetheless impacting on 
profitability. We are currently focused on 
delivering our synergies targets to mitigate 
the impact of these inflationary pressures.

Founders & Co., our market hall concept, has 
performed extremely well over the last 12 
months, having established itself as a 
destination in Swansea city centre. Two 
years on from opening, sales continue to 
grow as the site reaches maturity. We have 
refreshed the lineup of traders during in the 
year, and this has continued to strengthen 
our reputation as a go-to destination for both 
food and events.

Playhouse, our competitive socialising 
concept, now consists of two sites both of 
which were previous Revolution legacy 
locations. Whilst guest feedback is positive, 
footfall at these locations is lower than 
anticipated and therefore further refinement 
of the proposition is underway.

Acquisition of Peach
We were delighted to announce in October 
2022 the completion of the acquisition of 
Peach Pubs, a collection of 21 award-winning 
gastropubs. We have been very pleased to 
see sales continue to strengthen since 
acquisition, and the brand helps to diversify 
and strengthen our portfolio.

Working closely with the Peach team in 
advance of the acquisition, we identified that 
Peach has a strong focus on its colleagues 
and guests and has great synergies with the 
wider Group both operationally and from a 
people perspective. The Group and Peach 
are focused on our people and the planet, 
and both are award-winning in these areas.

Our existing Executive Management team 
were already very experienced in running 
food-led pubs, and we were pleased to 
welcome Chris Stagg, the existing Operations 
Director of Peach, to the Group Management 
team. The Peach brand offers an exciting new 
avenue for growth, with good levels of new 
pub availability in affluent market towns 
located in aspirational counties.

Strategic Report

14

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

FY23 Group strategic priorities
Our focus is and has been on getting back 
to our value-creating workstreams to further 
develop the business under our strategic 
priorities. In the year we have taken the 
opportunity to refine our focuses and 
strategy, identifying synergies between our 
previous strategic objectives and our new 
pillars for growth:

Maximising Revenue & Profit:

•  Acquisition of Peach Pubs, 21 premium 
gastropubs, predominantly located in 
affluent towns and villages in 
Warwickshire, Oxfordshire, Bedfordshire, 
Hertfordshire and Surrey, providing 
diversification in the brand portfolio;

•  Five refurbishments were completed in 
FY23 H1, with these bars performing 
in line with expectations and ahead 
of the main estate whilst meeting our ROI 
targets. The refurbishment programme 
has been paused until the 
macroeconomic trading environment 
improves;

•  Our new Customer Relationship 

Management (“CRM”) platform is now 
live, with campaigns operational, allowing 
us to optimise the 3.6 million guest 
database, following a purge of inactive 
users, by gaining a complete view of the 
way our guests interact with and across 
our brands. This will allow real-time 
communication with them, integrating 
social media content and audience 
management features;

•  Monthly competitor price reviews 

established to ensure we are optimally 
priced and utilising dynamic pricing in the 
current ever-changing environment;

•  Spirits range tender has been completed, 
with a new range implemented in April, 
delivering cost savings in an inflationary 
environment as well as a fresh range for 
our guests; and

•  New draught product range fully rolled 

out across the Group, delivering 
improved margins.

Brand Awareness and ESG including 
Sustainability and EVP:

•  Our Net Zero target was assessed and 

approved by the Science Based Targets 
initiative in the year, becoming one of the 
first UK companies to have their net zero 
targets approved in this way;

•  We were thrilled to win or be nominated 
for a variety of awards in the last year, 
including winning On-trade Company 
of the Year at the Footprint Drinks 
Sustainability Awards, and being a 
finalist for the EDIE Net Zero Strategy 
of the Year award;

• 

Installed cellar energy reduction 
equipment across 80% of the bars estate. 
This equipment has undergone extensive 
trials and produces an eight-month return 
on investment;

•  Continued partnership with So Let’s Talk, 
holding general wellbeing and health 
sessions for our colleagues. Supporting 
21 of our colleagues through exciting 
apprenticeship journeys;

•  Excellent success of our people: our first 

General Manager to complete the Women 
in Hospitality, Travel and Leisure 
(“WiHTL”) Ethnic Future Leaders 
Programme was subsequently selected 
to join the WiHTL advisory board; and two 
internal promotions from our high-
performance General Managers 
Programme to Area Manager and General 
Manager of our flagship bar;

• 

Instigated a trial of energy-efficient 
kitchen extract controls in our bar in 
Wigan, with a view to roll-out following 
a successful trial period; and

•  Retained our B score in our FY23 Carbon 
Disclosure Project (“CDP”) submission, 
which is in the Management band, 
demonstrating that we are taking 
coordinated action on climate issues.

Guest Experience:

•  Revolución de Cuba brand proposition 
review completed in FY23 H1, and in 
FY23 H2 trials have been taking place on 
all guest-facing elements ahead of rollout 
in FY24. This covers all aspects of our 
guest experience, enabling us to further 
refine our guest offering to drive 
increased awareness and usage of 
the brand;

•  Head Bartender role created in all bars to 
drive product quality, average spend and 
speed of service, culminating in the first 
RBG Bartender of the Year competition 
held in June 2023; and

•  Entertainment and atmosphere creation 
remain core to the product offering. 
Whilst we remain competitive in this area, 
we have put extra investment into this 
with the creation of a dedicated role to 
ensure we are best in class in this 
important aspect of our business.

Cost Control:

•  Utilities remain an area of real focus for 
the Group, with Peach remaining fixed 
until at least October 2023 and the 
remaining Group entering into a new 
three-year contract at the end of March 
2023. We continue to drive down 
consumption with a decrease of 35% 
versus our 2017 baseline, which is a 
further improvement from the start of 
FY23, partially achieved through the new 
cellar cooling technology;

•  A new broker engaged to assist with our 
dynamic energy purchasing strategy. We 
are pleased to note wholesale energy 
costs reducing recently;

• 

Integration of the newly acquired Peach 
Pubs is on track, and cost synergies are 
starting to be realised. It is expected that 
the larger Group will attract bigger buying 
power and secure further cost savings;

•  Synergies from the acquisition with Peach 
Pubs will be at least £1.5 million when fully 
delivered in FY25, taking proforma 
EBITDA to approximately £3.0 million. 
To date we have delivered £0.7 million in 
synergies from the acquisition of Peach 
through a reduction in people costs, food 
costs, and goods not for resale, with drink 
purchasing synergies now a major focus 
area having been delayed due to the 
previously mentioned issues with our 
logistics supplier; and

•  A full review of our non-consumable 

spend has been conducted, with new 
contracts being signed at reduced rates 
across many areas of spend despite the 
current inflationary environment, resulting 
in cost savings of c. £750,000.

Diversification of Sales:

•  New revenue streams in the business 

through introduction of accommodation 
sales with Peach Pubs;

•  Vending machines continue to be rolled 
out across the Bars brands, delivering 
incremental revenue;

•  Third Party Account sales have been a 
real avenue of growth throughout the 
year with new partnerships struck with 
Virgin Experience Days, amongst others, 
showcasing our experiences through 
their websites and databases; and

•  Our two Playhouse bars are seeing up 
to 34% of their revenue coming from 
machine sales.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

15

Furthermore, the continuing disruption on 
railways is unfortunately still impacting on 
our business and the wider Hospitality 
sector, over a year on from when this action 
first started. We hope to see this resolved 
and allow the first normal Christmas of trade 
since 2019, and are comforted by early signs 
of returning consumer confidence. Peach 
trade, albeit affected by a wet summer, has 
remained strong under market conditions, 
with the first new Peach Pub post-acquisition 
opening in October 2023.

Current Trading and Outlook
It has been a challenging start to the new 
financial year with the continued pressure on 
our guests, and whilst the wetter and colder 
summer, in comparison to recent years, has 
somewhat aided our bars business it has not 
helped the Peach Pubs business whose 
beautiful beer gardens weren’t fully utilised. 
The Peach business has performed 
extremely well outside the periods of 
poorer weather. 

The return of students has been strong for 
the Revolution brand over recent weeks with 
a high level of engagement in our promoted 
nights as well as sign-ups to the Revolution 
App. Revolución de Cuba continues to 
outperform the bars market, per the Coffer 
CGA Tracker, and has done since the start of 
2023. Our Founders & Co. bar in Swansea 
continues to trade positively and provides 
another route for growth when the time is 
right. Our two Playhouse bars are 
experiencing the same challenges with the 
cost-of-living crisis as we see in the 
Revolution brand and we continue to review 
this concept. Peach Pubs continue to 
perform in line with expectations and well 
ahead of pre-COVID-19 levels, with excellent 
expansion opportunities available when 
funds allow.

Corporate Christmas booking are tracking 
well ahead of the same period last year, and 
this gives us confidence of a strong festive 
trading period whilst we remain mindful of 
the global political volatility and, nearer to 
home, potential industrial action by the 
railway unions to disrupt peoples’ Christmas. 

Rob Pitcher
Chief Executive Officer
16 October 2023

FY24 Group strategic priorities
With the current macroeconomic issues 
continuing, and the cost-of-living crisis still 
disproportionately affecting our younger 
guest base, we are focusing on tight cost 
control whilst providing great value and 
memorable experiences for our guests. 
Below are some of our key areas of focus 
for FY24:

Maximising Revenue & Profit:

•  New CRM platform to be optimised in 

order to engage our different, and more 
diversified, guest profiles;

•  Deliver outstanding value to our guests 

Cost Control:

•  Rollout of an upgraded labour 

management system with dedicated 
training and support to deliver further 
optimisation in this area;

•  Review of all service providers to achieve 

“same-for-less” or “more-for-same” 
outcomes; and

•  Water consumption monitoring 

equipment is now on trial in seven bars, 
with good opportunities to reduce usage 
being highlighted. The trial continues, 
and if successful will be fully rolled out.

Diversification of Sales:

to support them through the cost-of-living 
crisis, including the launch of our 
inflation-busting £2.99 main course meals 
across the Revolution brand, as well as 
strengthening the value in our Happy 
Hour cocktail promotions;

•  Take our brands to new places to 

highlight them outside of our bricks 
and mortar locations; and

•  Further utilisation of unused spaces 
in bars to drive sales and bring in 
new guests.

•  Cocktail menus will be revamped to 

incorporate current trends of Rum and 
Tequila, as well as refreshing our No and 
Low alcohol options;

•  Further drive the adoption and usage of 

the Revolution App; and

• 

Improve margins in the Peach pubs by 
fully delivering procurement synergies.

Brand Awareness and ESG including 
Sustainability and EVP:

•  Create a culture of exceptional hospitality 
to delight our guests, in order to drive 
repeat visit and increased earnings for 
our teams through higher tips;

•  Drive down energy consumption across 
the Peach pubs estate through the 
implementation of technology and 
support structures that have delivered 
for the bars business in recent years; and

•  Continue striving towards our carbon 

reduction targets through 
decarbonisation of kitchens, cellar 
cooling, LEDs lightings, and expanding 
our Zero Heroes’ work to include travel 
and food.

Guest Experience:

•  Brand proposition rollout for the new 

elements within Revolución de Cuba to 
drive increased awareness and usage 
of the brand;

•  Brand proposition review to be 

undertaken on the Revolution brand to 
ensure we continue to be the destination 
of choice for young adults looking for a 
great night out;

•  Brand partnerships created to support 
our ambition of creating unforgettable 
in-bar experiences; and

•  Dedicated resource to drive our guest 

experience through best-in-class music 
and entertainment.

Our People
The challenges faced by the business also 
impact our colleagues who are not immune 
from the cost-of-living crisis. We continue to 
support and identify ways to maximise 
colleague earnings and incentivise the 
continued amazing performance of our 
people. We are very pleased that our Peach 
teams are now integrated into the Group, 
creating one family to contribute towards 
our goals.

Despite the challenges faced by our teams, 
I was incredibly proud to find in the most 
recent Quality of Life employee survey that 
employee engagement is at record levels, 
seeing the highest ever participation rate and 
highest ever Employee Net Promoter Score. I 
am extremely proud of the fantastic service 
our teams continue to deliver and the amazing 
experiences they create for our guests.

Market outlook
Our young guests are, in the bars business, 
disproportionately impacted by the 
cost-of-living crisis, facing unprecedented 
challenges against their earnings and 
outgoings. We are pleased to see utility 
prices continuing to trend in the right 
direction which is of some comfort to both 
our guests and the business. Inflation has, 
hopefully, peaked, and is now starting to fall 
with consumer confidence starting to rise.

The continuing challenge with interest rates 
remaining high means we anticipate the 
macroeconomic climate to remain difficult for 
a further 12-to-18 months. We continue to 
monitor the situation carefully and mitigate 
our cost base wherever possible.

Strategic Report

16

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

OUR STRATEGY

Our focus is and has been on getting back to our 
value-creating workstreams to further develop 
the business under our strategic priorities.

Improved performance through a  
focus on profitable sales generation.

and ESG

Including Sustainability and EVP.

Revenue and Profit

01 Maximising  
02 Brand Awareness  
03 Guest Experience
04 Cost Control
05 Diversification  

New concepts and workstreams  
to expand our offering towards  
becoming omnichannel.

Making sure we’re the place  
where everyone wants to be.

of Sales

Rigorous focus on all expenditure  
to mitigate inflationary cost environment.

pg 17

pg 18

pg 19

pg 20

pg 21

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

17

01

Maximising
Revenue & Profit

Improved performance through a focus  
on profitable sales generation.

Progress in FY23
•  Acquisition of profitable pub company, 

Peach, to drive further revenue and profit

•  Exciting events that get guests in the 
door, like Blackpool Young Farmers 
weekend

•  At FY23-end, Christmas party 

pre-booked revenue was 24.7% up 
compared to the same time last year

•  New food and cocktail menus reflecting 

current trends

•  Second Playhouse opened to jump on 

competitive socialising trend

• 

Improved margins and opportunities 
for upselling brunches, which continue 
to grow

Next steps
•  Continued brand research to understand 
and find more ways of delivering what our 
guests want

•  Continue innovating and refreshing our 

drinks offering by working with key brand 
owners

•  Focus on session profitability to ensure 

correct opening hours

•  Focus on, hopefully, the first peak 
Christmas trade not impacted by 
COVID-19, strikes, or other factors 
since 2019

•  Continued rollout of themed brunches 

to attract new guests

•  Tackle “work-from-home” Fridays by 

giving guests a reason to visit our venues

+24.7%

Christmas party pre-booked revenue

Strategy in action
Blackpool Young Farmers
Each year our Blackpool Revolution 
welcomes the Young Farmers for our 
biggest weekend of the year. 2023 
was no different, with the brilliant 
team at Blackpool breaking out all 
the stops and throwing the best party 
in town. Planning is meticulous and 
begins for the next one as soon as 
the clean-up is finished. We secure 
the right entertainment that appeals 
to the farmers, add giveaways, and 
incentivise peer-to-peer ticket selling 
as Farmer Reps. Pricing, product, and 
maximising guest experience all 
contribute to the overall experience, 
with everyone at the bar getting 
stuck in, and volunteers from our 
support centre lined up to help!

Strategic Report

18

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

02

Brand Awareness
and ESG

Including Sustainability and Employee 
Value Proposition.

Progress in FY23
•  Our Net Zero target was assessed and 

approved by the Science Based Targets 
initiative in the year, which was among 
the first UK businesses to do so

•  Best ever participation of 89.3% and 

ENPS of 48.4 in the April 2023 Quality 
of Life

•  Life assurance extended across our 
colleagues so that all Support Office 
and General Managers benefit from this

•  Retained our B score in our FY23 CDP 

submission

•  Team turnover reduced 18% over the year

Next steps
•  Following record-breaking Quality of Life 
scores in the last two questionnaires, we 
want to ensure a continued trajectory

•  Continued collaboration with our 

suppliers and net zero partner to meet 
our sustainability targets

•  Continued investment in sustainable 

equipment

•  Exciting charity and community 

opportunities through Peach Pubs to 
be explored

•  Social media-led, innovative marketing 
campaigns to drive brand awareness

•  Partnered with influencers like GK Barry, 

• 

Pete Wicks and Sam Thompson

“Lunch and learns” regularly held across 
a wide range of areas

Strategy in action
Ex Amnesty
This Valentine’s Day all we asked 
for… was for our lovely guests to 
bring their ex’s clothes into our 
bars in exchange for a free shot. 
All clothes were donated to local 
charities, and we were very pleased 
to see the social media reach of this 
Revolution campaign. We secured 
coverage in various regional 
newspapers and media with a total 
reach of 14,520,206. Thank you  
to all our amazing guests for  
closing that chapter on your lives  
and bringing us so many clothes  
for charity!

48.4

Employee net promoter score

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

19

03

Guest
Experience

Making sure we’re the place where  
everyone wants to be.

Progress in FY23
•  Brand proposition work continues to 
ensure all brands stay at the forefront 
of current trends

Next steps
•  Further understanding drivers for our 
brands, in order to evolve them in line 
with guest expectations

•  Cost-of-living busting £2.99 Summer 

•  Return to active refurbishment 

Meal Deal

programme as soon as possible 

•  Bottomless brunch relaunch and 

extension

•  Research and development, partnering 
with key suppliers to create unique 
memorable experiences to tempt 
restricted budgets

•  Reigniting Fridays in our late-night 
venues with live music and trial of 
“First Sip Friday”

•  Applying exciting learnings from brand 
proposition for Revolución de Cuba 
including website overhaul, Cuban 
content and storytelling, and 
premiumisation

•  Shift of focus to Revolution with new 
opportunities for trial and innovation

•  Differentiate on hospitality and continue 

to evolve our brand proposition

89%

Guest Opinion Score

Strategy in action
I made a taco at  
Revolución de Cuba!
After being turned away by other 
local Latin-American businesses, 
Nottingham Revolución de Cuba 
came to the rescue of a local primary 
school looking to immerse their Year 
4 class in Cuban culture. A little bit 
different from the usual parties we 
hold, the team took it upon 
themselves to create educational and 
colouring-in leaflets, lay out our best 
decorations, and welcome the kids 
for a day they’ve not stopped raving 
about. Everyone got to make their 
own taco, and then were surprised 
with churros to finish the day. Huge 
well done to the team who went 
above and beyond to make this a 
very memorable day for the class.

Strategic Report

20

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

04

Cost
control

Rigorous focus on all expenditure to 
mitigate inflationary cost environment.

Progress in FY23
•  A new energy contract was secured in 

March 2023 for three years, with 
electricity prices reducing from their peak 
last year

•  Refurbishment programme paused in 

January following the depth of challenges 
faced in the UK economy

Next steps
•  Mitigation of alcohol duty increased 
through effective purchasing and 
strategy planning

•  Driving synergies across all brands 
through unification of contracts and 
other cost-saving initiatives

•  Working with landlords to find mutually 

•  Tightly controlled spend across the 

beneficial rental agreements

Group

•  Management focus on loss-making sites 

•  Appointment of industry payroll rota 

and strategic decisions

specialist to produce payroll efficiency 
savings

•  Continued partnering with external 

consultants to tackle cost savings and 
new contracts

•  Continued delivery and annualisation 
of savings identified with consultants

Strategy in action
Cost-saving partnership
The Group partnered with external 
consultants to deliver cost savings 
with existing suppliers and negotiate 
some new contracts. Savings to  
date are just under £0.8 million, 
expected to provide over £1.0 million 
annualised benefit for the Group. 
Both improved pricings and improved 
terms have been negotiated and  
we thank our suppliers for their 
continued support. This has included 
renegotiated terms on wastage, 
energy, marketing, maintenance  
and other areas – all without 
compromising on the quality we  
offer to our guests. 

£0.8m

Total savings to date with cost consultants

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

21

05

Diversification
of Sales

New concepts and workstreams to expand  
our offering towards becoming omnichannel.

Progress in FY23
•  New revenue streams including 

accommodation introduced with the 
acquisition of Peach Pubs

•  New, more affluent guest base also with 

Peach Pubs, reflecting a diversification of 
sales into gastropub food and high-
quality wine menus

•  Founders & Co. going from strength to 
strength due to success of wide variety 
of events and classes hosted there

•  Enhancement of brunch and afternoon 

tea offering

•  Held over 2,500 events in our venues to 
attract new customers as part of Project 
Event Space

Next steps
• 

Introduce merchandise into our bars and 
online, such as hoodies, beanies and 
bags

•  Continue successful rollout of themed 
brunches and bingo nights in our bars

•  Exploring alternative uses of unused 

spaces in our bars, such as collaborating 
with puzzle room companies and similar

•  Further rollout of Project Event Space, 

seeing events in our bars such as: speed 
dating, life drawing, Sip & Paint, craft 
markets, dance classes, wreath making, 
quizzes etc.

•  Take the brands on the road with Slice 

Shop, Cuban Caravan, university pop-ups 
and attendance at festivals

2,500

Events held as project event space since January 2023

Strategy in action
The First RBG Bartending 
Championships
The first RBG Bartending 
Championships showcased the 
incredible talent, creativity and flair 
of the ten best bartenders in the 
Group. Sponsored by some of our 
favourite suppliers, including Diageo, 
Ketel One, Ciroc and Chase, and 
judged by some of the best internal 
and external experts in the industry, 
the competition was on! Ultimately 
the accolades went to Adrian Clayton 
from Revolution Preston, closely 
followed by Fraser Haig (Aberdeen 
Revolución de Cuba) and Brenden 
Gowler (Norwich Revolución de 
Cuba). Congratulations to everyone 
involved, and a huge thank you to 
Xavier Lequitte for organising!

Strategic Report

22

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Section 172(1) Statement

Stakeholder Engagement
Under Section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006 (“S172”), a Director is required to act in 
the way they consider, in good faith, would 
be most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as 
a whole.

This report discusses how the interests of 
other stakeholders impact the long-term 
success of the Company, and explains how 
the Company’s Directors have:

•  engaged with colleagues, suppliers, 

guests, investors and the community; and

•  had regard to employee interests, the 

need to foster the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, guests and 
others, in relation to the principal 
decisions taken by the Company during 
the financial period.

The S172 statement focuses on matters 
of strategic importance to the Group. 
The Board’s two Executive Directors are 
closely involved in all aspects of the 
Group’s business on a day-to-day basis in 
conjunction with the senior management 
team (together, the Executive Committee) 
whose activity is reported back to and 
influenced by the full Board.

We set out here the key priorities and the 
ways in which we engaged with our key 
stakeholders during FY23. This list is not 
intended to be an exhaustive list of all 
stakeholder priorities and engagement 
activity, but to provide a summary that 
illustrates the importance stakeholder 
groups play in the Board’s decision making.

Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engage

Material topics

Colleagues

Attracting and retaining the best people is 
fundamental to driving business success, 
particularly given the Group’s purpose, 
vision and values.

Creating fun and memorable experiences 
would not succeed without a diverse group of 
engaged, well-trained and motivated people 
that enjoy working in our bars and pubs.

Suppliers

Guests

Accessing new premium products is a key 
element of keeping the Group’s offering 
vibrant, refreshed and interesting, whilst 
providing the brand owners with an 
opportunity to showcase their products.

Great relationships with suppliers allow us to 
source the best value goods for the benefit of 
our guests.

We want to create a safe environment in 
which our guests love coming to us for the 
fun and memorable experiences we are 
known for, and in order to do so we must 
recognise our guests’ needs.

The Board recognises the need for 
innovation and adaptability to provide our 
guests with a new and exciting offering, 
whilst recognising the challenges our 
guests face.

Investors

We recognise the support we receive from 
our investors and having their buy-in to short 
and long-term strategy is key to business 
strength and success.

Community

The Group is dedicated to acting responsibly 
in its business practice, which is beneficial to 
the environment and community.

With our exciting expansion plans, it is 
imperative we have local community buy-in 
to secure the success of our new bars.

In the year we have utilised technology effectively through hybrid working, as well as 

•  Providing a safe, inclusive, and diverse 

rolling Microsoft Teams out to our bars. This has allowed the opportunity for the Board, 

working environment

Executive team and wider colleagues to work together more closely and successfully 

than ever.

“Rob’s Recap”, the Group newsletter, continues to be issued quarterly full of both 

business and strategy-related updates, as well as the opportunity to celebrate each 

other’s successes. A quarterly virtual update, hosted by Rob Pitcher, has also continued. 

Ad hoc virtual meetings are held when appropriate to share significant news with the 

business, for example following the acquisition of Peach Pubs.

The Board considers the twice-yearly Quality of Life survey undertaken across the 

whole of the Group’s workforce to be the most effective way of measuring employee 

trainers 

engagement, motivation, affiliation and commitment to the business.

•  The Group is determined that it remains 

a responsible employer

•  Maintained status as an above-minimum 

wage employer

•  Exciting and development training 

provided for all levels of team members, 

hosted both by our incredible Rev U 

Training team and inspirational external 

Brand owners and all key suppliers are invited to attend the Group’s annual conference, 

•  Major suppliers are required to include 

which includes sessions for the drink brands to understand how they can work with the 

Group and provides them an opportunity to showcase new products.

All major contracts are reviewed and approved by the Board when they are first entered 

into and at renewal. The senior management team regularly engages with the 

development teams at the leading drinks brands to look at menu innovation.

statements on modern slavery and 

anti-bribery, and are asked to partner 

with us on sustainable workflows

•  Contracts continue to be reviewed in 

both an active mitigation of cost 

increases, as well as providing synergies 

Peach prides itself on long-standing relationships with its key suppliers, enabling it to 

post acquisition

deliver ethical, high-quality produce, whilst supporting British farmers and products 

who share Peach’s values.

Social media and guest review platforms are internally and externally reviewed, with 

•  Our guests are showing an increased 

high response rates from guests to understand their experiences with our bars.

Recognising the increased focus on health and wellbeing, the Board is also mindful 

that the Group’s trade is associated with the retailing of alcohol. Accordingly, significant 

resources are allocated to staff training and guest supervision to ensure that guests do 

not gain entry if they are intoxicated and that they leave our bars in a safe and orderly 

fashion so as not to cause disruption to others.

Peach offers a warm and welcome environment for our guests to relax and enjoy a 

high-quality meal and excellent glass of wine. The brand offers an enjoyable experience 

for a new guest base to the Group. 

focus on the environment and 

sustainability agenda

• 

Increased health & safety requirements 

ensure a safe environment catering for 

allergies and other dietary requirements

•  A more diverse guest base, following the 

acquisition of Peach

The Group provides regular engagement and consultation with investors, with regular 

•  Twice-yearly roadshows to discuss 

trading updates. Executive Directors are regularly available for direct meetings with 

interim and annual performance and 

institutional and individual investors, particularly following publication of the Group’s 

plans

interim and annual results.

•  Long-term strategies to provide growth 

opportunities for investors

The corporate website is maintained with the latest statutory information including 

significant shareholders, market announcements and the latest financial statements.

The Business Development Director leads a team of individuals committed to driving 

•  Goal to have our Support Centre office 

our sustainability agenda in a mutually beneficial way for our bars, pubs and local 

communities.

Sustainability and the community are key agenda points in all Risk Committee meetings. 

Both local management and our Compliance team remain in regular contact with local 

enforcement officers to ensure our bars and pubs remain a safe and welcoming 

environment for local communities.

The Group works with a main charity partner as well as fundraising for local charities 

in communities through contributions from menus as well as sponsored activities.

paper-free, with recent implementation 

of new software bringing this closer to 

success

•  Active engagement through social 

media platforms with communities

•  Continue support of nationwide and 

local charities across our bars and pubs, 

as well as central teams

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

23

Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engage

Material topics

Colleagues

Attracting and retaining the best people is 

fundamental to driving business success, 

particularly given the Group’s purpose, 

vision and values.

Creating fun and memorable experiences 

would not succeed without a diverse group of 

engaged, well-trained and motivated people 

that enjoy working in our bars and pubs.

Suppliers

Guests

Accessing new premium products is a key 

element of keeping the Group’s offering 

vibrant, refreshed and interesting, whilst 

providing the brand owners with an 

opportunity to showcase their products.

Great relationships with suppliers allow us to 

source the best value goods for the benefit of 

our guests.

We want to create a safe environment in 

which our guests love coming to us for the 

fun and memorable experiences we are 

known for, and in order to do so we must 

recognise our guests’ needs.

The Board recognises the need for 

innovation and adaptability to provide our 

guests with a new and exciting offering, 

whilst recognising the challenges our 

guests face.

Investors

We recognise the support we receive from 

our investors and having their buy-in to short 

and long-term strategy is key to business 

strength and success.

Community

The Group is dedicated to acting responsibly 

in its business practice, which is beneficial to 

the environment and community.

With our exciting expansion plans, it is 

imperative we have local community buy-in 

to secure the success of our new bars.

In the year we have utilised technology effectively through hybrid working, as well as 
rolling Microsoft Teams out to our bars. This has allowed the opportunity for the Board, 
Executive team and wider colleagues to work together more closely and successfully 
than ever.

“Rob’s Recap”, the Group newsletter, continues to be issued quarterly full of both 
business and strategy-related updates, as well as the opportunity to celebrate each 
other’s successes. A quarterly virtual update, hosted by Rob Pitcher, has also continued. 
Ad hoc virtual meetings are held when appropriate to share significant news with the 
business, for example following the acquisition of Peach Pubs.

The Board considers the twice-yearly Quality of Life survey undertaken across the 
whole of the Group’s workforce to be the most effective way of measuring employee 
engagement, motivation, affiliation and commitment to the business.

Brand owners and all key suppliers are invited to attend the Group’s annual conference, 
which includes sessions for the drink brands to understand how they can work with the 
Group and provides them an opportunity to showcase new products.

All major contracts are reviewed and approved by the Board when they are first entered 
into and at renewal. The senior management team regularly engages with the 
development teams at the leading drinks brands to look at menu innovation.

Peach prides itself on long-standing relationships with its key suppliers, enabling it to 
deliver ethical, high-quality produce, whilst supporting British farmers and products 
who share Peach’s values.

Social media and guest review platforms are internally and externally reviewed, with 
high response rates from guests to understand their experiences with our bars.

Recognising the increased focus on health and wellbeing, the Board is also mindful 
that the Group’s trade is associated with the retailing of alcohol. Accordingly, significant 
resources are allocated to staff training and guest supervision to ensure that guests do 
not gain entry if they are intoxicated and that they leave our bars in a safe and orderly 
fashion so as not to cause disruption to others.

Peach offers a warm and welcome environment for our guests to relax and enjoy a 
high-quality meal and excellent glass of wine. The brand offers an enjoyable experience 
for a new guest base to the Group. 

•  Providing a safe, inclusive, and diverse 

working environment

•  The Group is determined that it remains 

a responsible employer

•  Maintained status as an above-minimum 

wage employer

•  Exciting and development training 

provided for all levels of team members, 
hosted both by our incredible Rev U 
Training team and inspirational external 
trainers 

•  Major suppliers are required to include 
statements on modern slavery and 
anti-bribery, and are asked to partner 
with us on sustainable workflows

•  Contracts continue to be reviewed in 
both an active mitigation of cost 
increases, as well as providing synergies 
post acquisition

•  Our guests are showing an increased 

focus on the environment and 
sustainability agenda

• 

Increased health & safety requirements 
ensure a safe environment catering for 
allergies and other dietary requirements

•  A more diverse guest base, following the 

acquisition of Peach

The Group provides regular engagement and consultation with investors, with regular 
trading updates. Executive Directors are regularly available for direct meetings with 
institutional and individual investors, particularly following publication of the Group’s 
interim and annual results.

The corporate website is maintained with the latest statutory information including 
significant shareholders, market announcements and the latest financial statements.

•  Twice-yearly roadshows to discuss 

interim and annual performance and 
plans

•  Long-term strategies to provide growth 

opportunities for investors

The Business Development Director leads a team of individuals committed to driving 
our sustainability agenda in a mutually beneficial way for our bars, pubs and local 
communities.

Sustainability and the community are key agenda points in all Risk Committee meetings. 
Both local management and our Compliance team remain in regular contact with local 
enforcement officers to ensure our bars and pubs remain a safe and welcoming 
environment for local communities.

The Group works with a main charity partner as well as fundraising for local charities 
in communities through contributions from menus as well as sponsored activities.

•  Goal to have our Support Centre office 
paper-free, with recent implementation 
of new software bringing this closer to 
success

•  Active engagement through social 
media platforms with communities

•  Continue support of nationwide and 

local charities across our bars and pubs, 
as well as central teams

Strategic Report

24

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Financial Review

Navigating
Challenges

Introduction
•  The “FY23” accounting period represents 
trading for the 52 weeks to 1 July 2023 
(“the period”). The comparative period 
“FY22” represents trading for the 52 
weeks to 2 July 2022 (“the prior period”).

•  The Group continues to offer comparative 

Alternative Performance Measures3 
(“APM”) of the numbers converted to IAS 
17 following the implementation of IFRS 16 
in FY20. APM3 for the current period are 
given equal prominence in this review 
because, in the opinion of the Directors, 
these provide a better guide to the 
underlying performance of the business.

•  The results information therefore gives 

FY23 IFRS 16 statutory numbers, followed 
by APM3 of FY23 under IAS 17, and the 
equivalent comparison from FY22. A 
reconciliation between statutory and 
APM3 figures is provided in note 28.

Presentation of results
Consistent with previous reporting periods, 
the Group operates a weekly accounting 
calendar and as each accounting period 
refers only to complete accounting weeks, 
the period under review reflects the results 
of the 52 weeks to 1 July 2023. Prior year 
comparatives relate to the 52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022. There have been no significant 
changes to accounting policies following the 
implementation of IFRS 16 in FY20.

The Directors believe that adjusted1 EBITDA 
provides a better representation of 
underlying performance as it excludes the 
effect of exceptional items and share-based 
payment charge/credits (non-cash), none of 
which directly relate to the underlying 
performance of the Group. The adjusted1 
EBITDA represents IFRS 16 and therefore 
excludes any rental costs. APM3 adjusted1 
EBITDA represents IAS 17 and is therefore 
after deducting the IAS 17 rental charge.

Results
The Group faced a challenging trading 
period in FY23 under the cost-of-living crisis 
which significantly affected consumer 
demand. A strategic decision was made to 
acquire Peach Pubs in October 2022 which 
has seen very positive results and 
contribution to sales and profit generation 
since. Because of this, the Group has seen 
an increase in revenue in the year to £152.6 
million (2022: £140.8 million), 8.4% higher 
than the corresponding period. Despite 
Peach only being part of the Group for eight 
months of FY23, which didn’t include its key 
summer trading months, we have been very 
pleased with the diverse compliment of new 
guest offering that the brand brings to 
the Group.

The underlying result, as measured by 
our preferred APM3 adjusted1 EBITDA 
(see note 28), was £3.6 million lower, 
at a profit of £6.6 million (2022: profit 
of £10.2 million).  

£17.0m

Statutory adjusted EBITDA

76.8%

Gross Margin

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Total Sales 

Adjusted1 EBITDA

Operating (Loss)/Profit

(Loss)/Profit Before Tax

Non-cash Exceptionals

Cash Exceptionals

(Net Debt)/Net Cash

FY23
(IFRS 16)
£m

152.6

17.0

(15.2)

(22.2)

(18.6)

(1.6)

(21.6)

FY22
(IFRS 16)
£m

140.8

19.4

7.4

2.1

(0.6)

–

4.1

FY23  
APM3  
(IAS 17)  
£m

152.6

6.6

(7.0)

(9.1)

(6.1)

(1.6)

(21.6)

25

FY22  
APM3  
(IAS 17)  
£m

140.8

10.2

4.8

3.9

(0.2)

–

4.1

1   Adjusted performance measures exclude exceptional items and share-based payment charges and bar opening costs.

2 

Like-for-like (“LFL”) sales are same site sales defined as sales at only those venues that traded in the same week in both the current year and most recent non-COVID-19 affected 
comparative period.

3   APM refers to Alternative Performance Measures being measures reported on an IAS 17 basis.

This is our preferred metric because it shows 
the underlying cash available, in a normal 
trading period, for investment, loan servicing 
and repayment, and for distributing to 
shareholders in the form of dividends. 
Adjusted1 EBITDA (IFRS 16) was a profit of 
£17.0 million (2022: profit of £19.4 million). 
Despite the positive benefit of Peach in the 
last eight months of the year, sales were 
challenged under uncertain trading 
conditions, with other cost headwinds,  
which impacted on profitability.

Margins: Gross profit in the year amounted 
to £117.1 million (2022: £110.1 million) which 
amounted to a gross margin of 76.8%, down 
from 78.2% in the prior year but still above 
margins seen pre-COVID-19, with 75.8% 
seen in FY19. The reduction seen in the year 
is a result of higher participation of food in 
the Group following the acquisition of Peach, 
as well as the ongoing cost challenges faced 
across the UK, mitigated by active contract 
reviews and negotiations. Although 
discounting is kept under control, there is still 
the need for adaptation of marketing and 
deals to entice guests into our venues, which 
impacts on margin.

Payroll: Headcount increased from 2,827 in 
FY22 to 3,591 in FY23. Just over 600 of 
these new staff joined the Group as part of 
the Peach Pubs acquisition, meaning the 
underlying Group headcount saw a small 
increase. This increase in headcount is 
predominantly as a result of improved 
staffing levels at bars following recent 
challenging recruitment conditions, mitigated 
by a small restructuring at head office. The 
acquisition, increased headcount, and 
becoming an above-minimum wage 
employer in the previous year meant that 
total payroll costs for the year were £55.6 
million compared to £51.4 million in FY22. 
This is a payroll to turnover ratio of 36.4% in 
FY23, compared to 36.5% in FY22, showing 
that payroll has maintained a similar rate 
since prior year. Although the Group 
percentage has remained consistent, there 
has actually been a net reduction seen in the 
bars business due to active cost 
management, with the Group result arising 
due to Peach’s high-quality service model 
requiring heightened payroll costs.

The Group had an operating loss of £(15.2) 
million (2022: profit of £7.4 million). This was 
after charging non-cash exceptional items of 
£18.6 million (2022: £0.6 million) and cash 
exceptionals of £1.6 million (2022: £nil), 
which are detailed further below.

Underlying profitability
The Board’s preferred profit measures are 
APM3 adjusted1 EBITDA and APM3 adjusted1 
pre-tax (loss)/profit as shown in the tables 
below. The APM3 adjusted1 measures 
exclude exceptional items, pre-opening 
costs and charges arising from long-term 
incentive plans.

Exceptional items, pre-opening 
costs and accounting for 
long-term incentive plans
Exceptional items, by virtue of their size, 
incidence or nature, are disclosed separately 
in order to allow a better understanding of 
the underlying trading performance of the 
Group. The statutory exceptional position of 
£20.2 million is £12.5 million higher than the 
APM3 exceptionals of £7.7 million due to 
impairment charges under IFRS 16 on 
right-of-use assets.

Pre-tax (Loss)/Profit

Add back Exceptional items

Add back (Credit)/Charge arising from long-term incentive plans

Add back Pre-opening costs

Adjusted1 pre-tax (Loss)/Profit

Add back Depreciation

Add back Amortisation

Add back Finance costs

Adjusted1 EBITDA

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023
IFRS 16
£m 

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022
IFRS 16
£m

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023
APM3
IAS 17
£m

52 weeks ended  
2 July 2022
APM3
IAS 17
£m

(22.2)

20.2

(0.1)

–

(2.1)

12.0

0.0

7.1

17.0

2.1

0.6

0.1

0.3

3.1

11.1

0.0

5.3

19.4

(9.1)

7.7

(0.1)

–

(1.5)

6.0

0.0

2.1

6.6

3.9

0.2

0.1

0.3

4.5

4.8

0.0

0.9

10.2

Strategic Report

26

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Financial Review continued

Liquidity
In the prior year, on 11 November 2021, the 
RCF was extended to 30 June 2023, and 
interest was increased by 1.2% with a further 
up-to 1% chargeable if the RCF was drawn to 
within £5.0 million of total limits. A new 
deleveraging profile was agreed with the 
first reduction due in June 2022, which was 
extended to September 2022 in June 2022 
to support the refinancing.

At the start of FY23, the Group held the 
£16.3 million RCF which was fully unutilised, 
with £14.8 million total outstanding in CLBILS 
term loans which continued to amortise. The 
total facility was refinanced on 10 October 
2022, through which a new RCF was 
committed at a total facility level of £30.0 
million expiring October 2025. The RCF was 
sought with the purposes of repaying all 
other indebtedness, general working capital 
requirements, and for the acquisition of 
Peach Pubs. Therefore, all outstanding 
CLBILS term loans were repaid on 13 
October 2022, with just the RCF making up 
total facilities going forwards. Interest is 
charged on the utilised RCF at a margin 
determined by leveraging plus SONIA, 
with unutilised RCF values having interest 
charged at 40% of margin.

In March 2023, an amendment was made to 
the facility to hold a £1.35 million Energy 
Guarantee for the purposes of signing a new 
energy contract. A further amendment was 
made in October 2023 such that all originally 
agreed reductions in total facility level be 
deferred to 30th June 2025, meaning at that 
date the £30.0 million facility will reduce 
by £5.0 million to a £25.0 million facility. 

The statutory exceptional charge of 
£20.2 million comprises £18.6 million 
(2022: £0.6 million) of non-cash 
exceptionals relating to right-of-use 
impairment charges of £12.6 million, and 
property, plant and equipment impairment 
charges of £6.0 million. Cash exceptionals 
of £1.6 million predominantly relate to legal 
and consultancy costs involved in the 
acquisition of Peach Pubs. A full analysis of 
exceptional items is given in note 3 to the 
financial statements.

(Credit)/Charge relating to long-term 
incentive schemes resulted from equity-
settled share-based payment transactions; 
this was a credit of £117k (2022: charge of 
£77k) as a result of the lapse of previous 
schemes. No awards vested in either the 
current period or prior period.

Pre-opening costs refer to one-off costs 
incurred in getting new bars fully operational 
and primarily include costs incurred before 
opening and in preparing for launch. The 
most significant element of these costs 
relates to property overheads incurred 
between signing the lease and opening 
for trading.

Finance costs
Finance costs of £7.1 million (2022: £5.3 
million) comprised £1.9 million (2022: £0.9 
million) of bank interest paid on borrowings 
and £5.2 million (2022: £4.4 million) of lease 
interest. Bank interest relates to the 
committed fees relating to the Company’s 
committed revolving credit facility (“RCF”) 
with NatWest, as well as the interest charged 
on the Coronavirus Large Business 
Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) loans 
until they were repaid in October 2022. 
An increase is seen in bank interest due 
to higher borrowings as a result of the 
acquisition of Peach Pubs, as well as 
rising interest rates.

30 June 2023

31 December 2023

30 June 2024

31 December 2024

All profitability-based covenants were 
waived until June 2025, and the minimum 
liquidity covenant was amended to link to 
management severe but plausible downside 
case forecasts. The requirement for a signed 
covenant certificate by the auditors was also 
waived for FY23 and FY24.

In accordance with these arrangements and 
subject to compliance with financial 
covenants, the Group will therefore have 
committed funding facilities available during 
the going concern assessment period as 
shown in the table below. 

As at 15 October 2023 the Group has net 
debt of £23.2 million.

Taxation
There is no tax payable in respect of the 
current period due to brought-forward 
losses. Accordingly, the charge in the current 
year is £nil (2022: £nil).

(Loss)/Earnings per share
Basic loss per share for the period was (9.7) 
pence (2022: earnings 0.9 pence). Adjusting 
for exceptional items, non-recurring bar 
opening costs and charges arising from long-
term incentive plans resulted in a basic 
adjusted1 earnings per share for the period of 
0.7 pence (2022: earnings 1.3 pence).

Operating cash flow and 
net bank debt
The Group generated net cash flow from 
operating activities in the period of £9.7 
million (2022: £25.8 million) as a direct result 
of cash generation from sales in the year, 
with a reduction seen since the prior year 
due to the impact of heightened costs.

Energy 
Guarantee
£m

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.35

RCF
£m

28.65

28.65

28.65

28.65

Total  
Facility
£m

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

27

Accordingly, the financial statements 
continue to be prepared on the going 
concern basis. However, the circumstances 
noted above indicate the existence of a 
material uncertainty which may cast 
significant doubt over the ability of the Group 
and Company to continue as a going 
concern. The financial statements do not 
contain the adjustments that would arise if 
the Group and the Company were unable to 
continue as a going concern.

A more comprehensive disclosure on going 
concern including the banking facilities, 
liquidity and the detailed assumptions 
behind both forecast scenarios is given in 
note 1 to the financial statements.

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer
16 October 2023

After positive cash flow from operating 
activities, capital expenditure payments of 
£5.5 million, bank loan interest of £1.9 million, 
loan repayments of £25.8 million (offset by 
drawdowns of £36.0 million), acquisition of 
subsidiary costs of £13.9 million offset by 
cash acquired of £4.7 million, and £5.9 million 
of repayment of subsidiary borrowings 
contributed to a net cash outflow in the 
period of £15.4 million. This decreased net 
bank cash of £4.1 million as at 2 July 2022 
to a net bank debt closing position of £(21.6) 
million as at 1 July 2023.

This is in comparison to 2022, where cash 
generated from trade was offset with capital 
expenditure payments of £8.3 million, bank 
loan interest of £0.9 million and loan 
repayments of £1.0 million, which all 
contributed to a net cash inflow in the period 
of £6.7 million improving the net bank cash 
position to £4.1 million.

Capital expenditure
The Group made capital investments of 
£5.5 million (2022: £8.3 million) during the 
period; this was incurred entirely on existing 
bars and pubs, comprising refurbishments 
and the conversion of one Revolution bar to 
a Playhouse, as well as sustainability, and IT 
projects and other key investments. 
Refurbishments were paused in January 
2023 for cash preservation, with plans to 
restart the refurbishment programme as 
soon as reasonably possible.

In the prior year, capital expenditure related 
to two new Revolution bars, converting an 
existing Revolution bar into a new concept, 
Playhouse, refurbishments across 19 bars, 
sustainability, and IT projects and other key 
investments.

Dividend
As notified previously, the Board has 
suspended payments of dividends. A 
condition of taking on the CLBILS facility 
was that the Company was unable to pay 
a dividend whilst the CLBILS remains 
outstanding; the CLBILS loans were repaid 
during the year, and therefore is no longer 
a condition. As a result of the CVA, the 
Company’s subsidiary entity, Revolution Bars 
Limited, was unable to pay a dividend until 
cessation of the CVA period, which occurred 
in December 2022, so is therefore also no 
longer a condition. There was no dividend 
paid or declared in either the current or 
prior period.

Going concern
Under the terms of its banking facilities with 
NatWest, the Company has a minimum 
liquidity covenant. The Directors have 
modelled both a management base case 
forecast scenario and a severe but plausible 
downside case scenario; please see note 1 
for further details on the key assumptions. 
No forecast breach of the banking covenant 
arises under either forecast scenario, but 
under the severe but plausible downside 
case certain points of the year operate at a 
very tight headroom

The constantly changing economic 
environment, including the cost-of-living 
crisis, increasing costs, and impacts on guest 
confidence, coupled with forecasting 
difficulties as a result of constantly changing 
economic impacts means that the Group 
cannot be assured that it will not breach the 
covenant, and that there is therefore a 
material uncertainty over the going concern 
of the Group and the Company. This 
uncertainty exists because of the 
unpredictability of the duration and extent of 
the current economic, as well as significant 
inflationary cost pressures, and how this will 
impact the Group’s operational performance 
and in particular the level of sales and 
EBITDA generated that will in turn determine 
the Group’s covenant compliance.

An amendment to borrowings was agreed in 
October 2023 which waived all profitability-
related covenants and amended the 
minimum liquidity covenant to link it to the 
management severe but plausible downside 
case forecast. A breach of covenant would 
require the bank to grant a waiver or for the 
Group to renegotiate its banking facilities or 
raise funds from other sources, none of 
which is entirely within the Group’s control.  
A breach of the covenant would also result  
in the reclassification of non-current 
borrowings to current borrowings. The 
Group has a strong relationship with its 
banking partner, and monitors covenant 
compliance closely.

Notwithstanding the material uncertainty, 
after due consideration the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group and 
the Company have sufficient resources to 
continue in operational existence for the 
period of 12 months from the date of 
approval of these financial statements. 

Strategic Report

28

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Risk Report

Risk management
In order to fully understand and manage the Group’s exposure to 
risk, each key area of our operations is reviewed annually using a 
methodology that allows us to measure, evaluate, document and 
monitor our key risks.

Our risk management process identifies, monitors, evaluates and 
escalates risks as they emerge, enabling management to take 
appropriate action wherever possible in order to control them 
whilst enabling the Board to keep risk management under review.

Principal risks
The risk factors set out below are those which the Board believes 
are the most significant to the Group’s business model that could 
adversely affect its operations, revenue, profit, cash flow or asset 
values and which may prevent the Group from achieving its strategic 
objectives. There may be additional risks and uncertainties that are 
currently unknown or currently believed to be immaterial that may 
also have an adverse effect on the Group.

Risk management framework

Board
Responsible for risk management

Audit Committee

Risk committee

Non-executive Directors

Consumer demand and Cost-of-living

Change to Residual Risk:

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

The out-of-home markets for eating and 
drinking depend on the consumers’ 
disposable income. Macroeconomic 
factors, including recent challenges with 
energy costs, other inflationary pressures, 
and low growth, have an impact on 
consumer confidence and disposable 
income. Suppliers across all industries are 
facing unprecedented inflationary 
pressures under the cost-of-living crisis 
which impacts on profitability of the 
business.

•  Ability to tailor offerings in response to 
macroeconomic influences, including 
quick adjustments to promotional 
activity reflective of changes in trends 
like working from home

•  Group’s proposition is not based solely 

on selling price; a more affluent 
demographic is targeted

•  New Summer Specials menu in 
Revolution bars priced at £2.99 
launched at the end of FY23 to draw 
guests in

•  New energy contract signed in April 
2023, with active mitigation of usage 
in venues

Recent economic impacts have increased 
macroeconomic uncertainty and 
consumer demand. Management 
continue to monitor the situation carefully, 
and adapt pricing strategies as necessary 
on a strategic basis to counter growing 
costs.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

29

KEY:

LOWER

SAME

HIGHER

COVID-19

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

The Group’s operating environment faces 
continuing uncertainty and risk of ongoing 
extensive local or national lockdowns, 
guest or corporate caution, and potential 
operating restrictions.

•  Operational procedures implemented to 
ensure safeguarding of our teams and 
guests

• 

Investment to ensure COVID-safe 
venues

•  Regular Board reviews and action 
planning to monitor restrictions

The Group continues to carefully monitor 
the ongoing situation and will react quickly 
to further restrictions for hospitality 
businesses.

Climate change and Sustainability

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

Climate change and a growing 
requirement to operate a sustainable 
business pose a risk to the business’ 
ability to source appropriate food and 
drink, as well as cost management. It also 
has the potential to cause reputational 
damage with our guests if we don’t act as 
they expect us to.

•  Dedicated management and team 
members focused on driving 
sustainability agenda

•  Collaborating with Net Zero partners to 
monitor progress and provide accurate 
reporting

•  Net zero target assessed and approved 
by the Science Based Targets initiative

Increased legislation in Hospitality adds 
cost pressures at an already difficult time.

•  Compliance team works closely with 

local licensing agents

The Group implemented the RBG 
Sustainability Charter, becoming the UK’s 
first bar group to commit to Science-Based 
Targets to achieve Net Zero before 2030.

Legislation, such as the Deposit Return 
Scheme, is closely monitored and planned 
to reduce the cost impact.

Refurbishment and acquisition of bars and pubs

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

The Group’s long-term strategy is based 
on growth through the acquisition of new 
bars and pubs, and sales generation from 
refurbishments. There is a risk that should 
these not happen, like-for-like sales will 
not grow, the business will not remain 
relevant, and overall sales growth will not 
occur.

•  The property team and agents have 
sufficient resources to ensure the 
investigation of new site opportunities

•  5/6-year investment cycle

•  Refurbished sites have proven track 

record of improvement in sales

•  Operational management focus on 

economically significant bars and pubs

Following the recent enhanced 
refurbishment programme, the Group 
has reduced capital expenditure to protect 
the cash position during recent economic 
events. Plans are to restart refurbishments 
as soon as possible.

Supplier concentration and inflationary cost rises

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

The drinks distribution market is 
dominated by one significant business, 
Matthew Clark, which is the Group’s 
principal supplier as it operates 
nationwide. If Matthew Clark were to face 
further business difficulties, alter pricing or 
face more cyber-attacks, it could disrupt 
the Group’s operations.

•  Product offerings can be easily adapted 
and switched to alternative suppliers 
and ingredients

•  The proposed strategy regarding 

Matthew Clark is to tolerate the risk 
based on the Group’s assessment 
that they are the best supplier and 
a three-year deal is in place to 
September 2024

The Board will continue to monitor 
the situation and react accordingly to 
mitigate risk, including contract reviews 
with suppliers to ensure securing the 
best prices.

Strategic Report

30

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Risk Report continued

KEY:

LOWER

SAME

HIGHER

Consumer trends and PR

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

In an increasingly digital world, guests are 
more likely to express dissatisfaction on 
social media rather than alerting a 
member of staff, which can have 
reputational impacts, as well as increased 
risk of cyber-attacks on the business.

 There is a growing trend for consumer-led 
digital campaigns against sectors or 
brands that they believe require change.

Health and safety

Underlying cause of risk

The Group’s bars and pubs are open to 
the public and the Group has a duty of 
care to look after its colleagues and 
guests. Allergens are a heightened risk for 
our guest base, and thus the Group must 
ensure strict guidelines are adhered to in 
order to ensure the safety of guests. The 
physical safety of our guests is paramount, 
and our operational teams are trained in 
managing guest safety.

• 

Increased focus on guest experience 
and feedback

All bars and pubs are tasked with 
reviewing feedback and addressing it.

•  Community management team to 

monitor and respond across our social 
channels

•  Crisis PR agency to support in any 
high-risk issues that may occur

•  Careful IT management of cyber-attack 

developments

Our brands take a progressive approach 
to consumer trends, allowing them to be 
on the right side of most consumer-led 
campaigns.

Change to Residual Risk: 

Response and mitigation

Commentary

•  The Group’s policies and procedures 

manual covers all aspects of operations, 
as well as detailed ongoing training for 
all staff

•  Adherence to these is strictly enforced 
both through internal operational line 
management and through external 
third-party audits

• 

Incidents are thoroughly investigated, 
and any lessons learned communicated 
throughout the business

Independent audits of Health & Safety 
continue across all bars to ensure a high 
quality of safety.

Introduction of accommodation revenues 
through Peach and team houses mean 
HMO impacts have been closely 
monitored.

Executive team sit on industry bodies to 
ensure we are up to date on any issues.

National minimum/living wage

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

A significant proportion of bar and 
pub-based teams are affected, directly or 
indirectly, by wage legislation and the 
national minimum living wage. Recent 
years have seen rises above inflation 
imposed on the business, with the added 
pressure of the cost-of-living crisis on our 
colleagues.

•  Technology is utilised to deploy our 
people more effectively and to 
streamline processes that will help 
mitigate wage increases

Better adoption and refinements of the 
labour scheduling system have allowed 
improvements in efficiency of staff 
rostering.

• 

• 

Increase in sales price of goods may be 
required to counter the growing costs

In FY22 we became, and remain, an 
above-minimum wage employer to 
ensure retention of our best people

Funding and Interest Rates

Change to Residual Risk: 

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Commentary

NatWest provides funding to the Group by 
way of a Revolving Credit Facility. As 
interest rates increase this has the 
potential to put increased pressure on the 
Group’s banking facilities.

•  The difficult economic landscape may 
result in further increases to this risk

•  The Group manages costs and has 
several options to manage cash to 
ensure compliance

•  Active management of facility to protect 

from rising interest rates

The Group maintains regular forecasting 
and holds a strong relationship with its 
banking partner. Active management of 
discretionary Capex and expenditure has 
been closely monitored. Please refer to 
the Going Concern section in note 1 for 
further information.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

31

The Group’s long-term strategy  
is based on growth through  
the acquisition of new bars  
and pubs, and sales generation  
from refurbishments.

Strategic Report

3232

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Responsible Business

The Group’s corporate social responsibility 
activities prioritise our people, responsible 
retailing and charity.

Corporate and Social
Responsibility Statement

People
At Revolution Bars Group, we have 
maintained a distinct strategic focus on the 
employer proposition of the Group and the 
experiences of our teams, enabling the 
integration of the similarly culturally aligned 
Peach business. Our now synchronised 
focus on people and sustainability allows for 
harmony in our shared values, activities, and 
ambitions for our 3,500+ collective workforce.

Throughout the financial period we 
continued to make headway in becoming the 
outstanding late-night operator in the spaces 
of Diversity and Inclusion, with our external 
partnerships extending to Women in 
Hospitality Travel and Leisure, Be Inclusive, 
The Drinks Trust, Plan B, So Let’s Talk and 
Springboard. In March 2023, the Group 
initiated its second comprehensive Diversity 
& Inclusion Survey which provided invaluable 
insight, in which 85% of respondents cited 
that they understood Diversity and Inclusion 
to be important to Revolution Bars Group. 

The Group has now seen 157 internal 
graduates of MHFA and has introduced a 
“Mental Health Matters” module to help 
managers support their teams. We remain 
committed to prioritising colleague wellbeing 
and have aligned ourselves with the “It Stops 
With Me” campaign and have become a 
supporting member of WiTHL’s Diversity in 
Hospitality Charter. 

These engagements and initiatives of our 
#inclusionrevolution have brought about 
positive impacts in the areas of recruitment, 
employee engagement, learning and 
development, and most importantly our 
understanding to propel us further on our 
journey in growing an inclusive environment 
for all. 

“Rev U”, our internal brand for all of our 
learning and development programmes, has 
worked with colleagues across the business 
to develop and implement the crucial new 
role of Head Bartender (“HBT”). The HBTs 
are part of an extensive rolling training 
programme to improve the guest 
experience within a specialised career path 
with upskilling in the “art of hospitality” at 
its core. Rev U hosted RBG’s first annual 
national bartender championship across the 
estate to encourage individual innovation, 
best-in-class serves, and demonstration of 
flair and HBT skill across several heats, 
which saw great engagement amongst our 
talented teams, allowing them to showcase 
their skills.

The recent migration of our expansive career 
path content to a more streamlined impactful 
learning platform has helped to expedite 
excellence and colleague development. This 
summer saw the graduation of the first High 
Potential (“HiPo”) GM programme with 
excellent reviews, feedback and retention in 
this key colleague group. We continue to 
maintain high levels of internal succession 
into management roles across all parts of the 
business, demonstrably with one HiPo 
graduate already promoted to Area Manager 
and one to GM of a flagship bar. 

The success of the HiPo course has allowed 
for a further intake commencing in 
September 2023.

This year we have again achieved incredible 
results in our independently administrated 
key employee voice measurements. Our 
“Quality of Life” engagement survey has 
improved on our previously referenced 
highest ENPS score, with an achievement of 
48.4 with participation of 89% of our total 
population. We are delighted that we have 
been able to strengthen this key people 
metric by continuing to enhance the quality 
of employee experience. Labour turnover 
has declined month on month over the last 
12 months, with much improved retention 
across all populations. 

As our guests continue to navigate rising 
interest rates, cost-of-living pressures, and 
other inflationary headwinds, so too have our 
teams. As a Group, we remain proud that we 
opted to eradicate National Minimum Wage 
rates entirely from our pay matrices back in 
November 2021. In April 2023’s annual pay 
award we challenged ourselves again with a 
view to protect and enhance the pay of our 
hourly-paid colleagues as far as possible, 
conscious of the relative and often 
disproportionate impact that the rising level 
of prices of everyday items has on them.

All considered, and in spite of an externally 
challenging trading environment we remain 
focused on the attraction and retention of 
talented individuals and affirming our place as 
an industry-leading employer. We have 
entered FY24 with confidence that, by 
growing and developing the very best people, 
we can truly bring to life our vision of being 
“the place where everyone wants to be”.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

33

75%

of colleagues voted for CALM 
to be our corporate charity 
partner this year 

49%

OF OUR WORKFORCE ARE  
FEMALE, as we continue on  
our “Inclusion Revolution”

24/7

GP access for all staff

As a Group, we challenge  
ourselves to progress our  
inclusive culture daily and 
this starts with educating 
ourselves.

Strategic Report

34

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Responsible Business continued

Charity
As part of its social responsibility agenda, 
the Group partnered with a new corporate 
charity partner in August 2021. Following 
an internal vote, over 75% of those that 
voted chose the Campaign Against Living 
Miserably (“CALM”). After a challenging 
pandemic, where at times up to 98.5% of our 
workforce were on furlough, the Group has 
an increased focus on employee wellbeing 
and ensuring a safe and supportive 
environment at work. Our people told us 
that suicide support was an incredibly 
serious concern given the challenging year 
many had faced, and the Group is proud to 
support CALM in their journey.

As at year-end, the Group has raised a total 
of £59k for CALM in FY23 through the sale of 
products and local fundraising initiatives.

The Group also has a programme designed 
to promote other charitable activity within its 
workforce. The scheme, called “You raise it, 
we match it”, rewards funds raised by staff 
for other charities and matches what they 
have raised.

Each year the Bigger Peach team choose 
key charitable areas to focus on, fundraising 
through donations of certain menu items, 
pub events and wider projects. Peach 
reaches out to support both local and 
wider charities, including supporting 
homelessness, food donations, local youth 
football and rugby clubs, and nationwide 
charities. Peach’s pubs are the centre of the 
community, and if they look after them right, 
they support the pubs too.

Listening to our 
amazing teams 
is pivotal to 
understanding the 
quality of their 
experience with us.

Responsible drinks retailing
The Group supports practices which 
promote responsible drinking and has 
established its own “Responsible Alcohol 
Retailing Policy”, supported by staff training 
and monitoring. The Group’s pricing models 
are set so as to avoid deeply discounting 
products. Events are promoted responsibly 
and are accompanied by individual risk 
assessments. A number of bars enter local 
“Best Bar None” schemes (run by local 
authorities and the police to encourage good 
behaviour in town centres), promoting a safe 
and secure environment. Test purchasing 
exercises are organised through Serve Legal 
to ensure that staff are exercising their 
judgement in the way that they are trained 
to do with regard to age verification.

Food information and quality
The Group continuously aims to improve 
the quality of its food offering and provide 
guests with the required information about 
its products to allow them to make informed 
decisions about their food consumption. 
This includes providing allergen and calorie 
information for all dishes via our website. 
Products not containing gluten or meat are 
highlighted on the printed menu. Full training 
is provided to bar teams to enable them 
to deal with guest queries and prevent 
cross-contamination. The Group sets out 
strict specifications for all products so 
that high standards of quality are met.

The Group continues to place greater 
emphasis on offering increased menu 
choices for vegetarians, vegans and those 
with food intolerances, given that this is 
important to an increasing proportion of our 
guest base. The acquisition of Peach 
provides significant steps forward, with a 
significant proportion of the menu being 
plant-based. Peach aims to trade ethically 
including removing dredged scallops from 
menus, providing 100% British cheese on 
cheese boards, using zero clingfilm, and 
always aiming to work with British farmers 
and producers who share Peach’s values.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

35

Peach

Won the publican award for  
best sustainable pub company

out-of-hours energy usage

3.3%
168

Mental Health first aiders 
trained in year

Anti-bribery and  
corruption policy
The Group has in place an anti-bribery 
and corruption policy that is communicated 
through all heads of department to their 
teams and included in the colleague 
handbook. The policy requires transparency 
and the maintenance of an entertainment 
register that is regularly reviewed by the 
Board. Key suppliers have also been made 
aware of the policy.

Modern Slavery policy  
and human rights
The Group has in place a modern slavery 
policy that has been approved by the Board. 
Suppliers are required to acknowledge the 
Group’s policy and their obligation to adhere 
to it as part of any contractual arrangements.

The Group does not have a formal 
human rights policy, but it is committed 
to conducting business with integrity 
and fairness.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (“SECR”) Disclosure
Please refer to the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
Report which includes the requirements 
of the SECR disclosure, including relevant 
disclosures on emission type and 
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity Ratio, 
scope and methodology, and sustainability 
plans, and therefore has not been 
duplicated here. Please see pages 36–53 
for further information.

Kindness in
Our teams

Alongside fundraising through sales of 
products in our bars and pubs, we 
couldn’t be prouder of the charitable 
nature of our fantastic teams. With a 
commitment from the Group to match 
amounts earned by our lovely people, 
we have seen some very exciting 
challenges in the year including the 
Three Peaks challenge, push-up 
challenges, marathons, and firewalking. 
We were immensely proud of a group 
from our head office who walked Mam 
Tor and Peak Cavern to raise money for 
CALM in memory of brilliant friends and 
colleagues lost. Our bars and pubs have 
taken every opportunity to drum up 
donations for their favourite charities 
too, including substantial donations 
from Blackpool’s Young Farmers event.

Strategic Report

36

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) Report

Last year, as part of our commitment to 
environmental best practice as a central pillar 
of our long-term business strategy, we made 
our first disclosure under TCFD on a voluntary 
basis. This year we have made improvements 
to our disclosure, which demonstrates the 
action we are taking on reducing our impact 
on the Planet.

There is no planet “B” and at Revolution Bars 
Group we are 100% committed to doing our 
bit to ensure we minimise our impact on the 
environment and achieve Net Zero.

We are pleased to be able to share as part of 
this that our targets for Net Zero have been 
validated and approved by the Science Based 
Targets initiative.”

Rob Pitcher 

Chief Executive Officer

Alongside and independently of our 
science-based target, which is our 
commitment to reduce emissions, we still 
intend to mitigate our residual emissions 
from 2030 by investing in offsetting projects.

SCIENCE BASED TARGET
Revolution Bars Group plc is pleased to 
announce that its commitment to reach net 
zero greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions 
across its operations and supply chain 
has been assessed and approved by the 
Science Based Targets initiative (“SBTi”). 

Revolution Bars Group is the first bar 
operator in the UK and among the first 50 
businesses to have its net zero target 
approved and aligned to the 1.5-degree 
pathway ambition through the SBTi’s Net 
Zero Corporate Standard, the world’s first 
framework for corporate net zero target 
setting in line with climate science.

In the near term, Revolution Bars Group will 
reduce absolute scope 1 and 2 (market-
based) GHG emissions by 99.6% by 2030, 
from a 2019 base year. In addition, absolute 
scope 3 GHG emissions will be reduced by 
30% within the same timeframe. Both 
commitments are consistent with the latest 
climate science and after careful review by 
the SBTi, they met all criteria in terms of 
timeframe, emissions coverage, and 
ambition. Longer term, Revolution Bars 
Group also commits to reduce absolute 
scope 3 GHG emissions by 90% by 2040 
from a 2019 base year as part of meeting the 
overall 2040 target.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

37

This table outlines how we have reported in line with the recommendations of TCFD and where we will continually improve over time.  
The order of the table reflects the order in which we report on the recommendations of TCFD. The requirements of the Non-Financial and 
Sustainability Information Statement have been complied with.

Number

Governance

Alignment 

Page

1

2

Strategy

3

4

5

Describe the Board oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks

Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, 
medium and long term

Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial planning

Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-
related scenarios, including 2ºC or lower scenario

Risk Management

6

7

8

Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks

Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks

Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s overall risk management

Metrics and targets

9

10

11

Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line 
with its strategy and risk management processes

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions and the related 
risks

Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets

39

39

40

40

41

42

42

42

48

49-52

53

Strategic Report

38

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

CLIMATE-RELATED RISK
Disclosure of the actual and potential 
impacts of climate-related risks and 
opportunities on an organisation is 
fundamental to understanding how the 
business strategy may be influenced. 
Climate-related issues can affect 
several important aspects of an 
organisation’s financial performance 
and position, both now and in the future.

THE TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED  
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
The Task Force provides 
recommendations for climate-related 
financial disclosures structured around 
four thematic areas:

01
Governance
pg 39

02

Strategy
pg 40

03
Risk Management
pg 42

04
Metrics & targets
pg 48

The four overarching recommendations are supported by 11 specific recommended 
disclosures focusing on assessing climate-related risks and opportunities. Revolution 
Bars Group (the “Group”) recognises the importance of adopting the TCFD 
recommendations and reporting climate-related information using this framework to 
ensure high-quality and decision-useful disclosures that enable users to understand 
the impact of climate change on the organisation.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

39

01
Governance

The Governance disclosure looks at organisations’ governance 
around climate-related risks and opportunities.

The strategic oversight of climate change is owned by the Board of 
Directors, with decision-making delegated to the Executive team. 

Our day-to-day Governance structure is implemented in this area 
through four working groups:

1.  Operational Carbon

2.  Value Chain

3.  Climate Change and Business Strategy

4.  Engagement and Accountability

Day-to-day decision-making resides in the third working group 
(Climate Change and Business Strategy) of which the Chief Executive 
Officer (Rob Pitcher) and Chief Financial Officer (Danielle Davies)  
are members.

The Board receives a quarterly summary report on climate change, 
covering key aspects of the Strategy, and highlighting any identified 
key risks/opportunities. These are then reviewed within the 
respective business decision making processes to integrate into 
wider decision-making, or where relevant, decisions made within  
the Climate Change and Business Strategy working group.

BOARD OVERSIGHT
The Group considers climate change to be a significant Board-level 
strategic issue.

Overall responsibility for our Sustainability Strategy (including  
Net Zero/Climate Change) sits with the Board. The Board receives 
quarterly updates and approves the Annual Sustainability Plan  
ahead of each financial period.

Climate-related financial issues fall in scope of the Risk Committee, 
which will review and take action as required on risk management 
policies and business planning.

MANAGEMENT’S ROLE
At Management level, the climate change agenda is managed as part 
of the delivery of our Sustainability programme. Driven day to day by 
the Annual Sustainability Plan, we set clear goals and metrics/targets 
to operationalise our approach.

Each year we undertake a planning cycle to assess climate-related 
issues and ensure that our Sustainability programme is fit for purpose 
in addressing climate-related risk. The planning process is also 
designed to ensure that the Strategy/Risk Management ensures that 
the approach taken will deliver the value for the business from the 
opportunities that climate change presents (see later summary of 
opportunity/risk related to decarbonisation).

We retain a specialist consultancy (Energise) on an ongoing basis 
who provide any specific technical advice that is required in relation 
to climate-related risk, in respect of mitigation, adaption and 
transition.

NEXT STEPS
We are committed to disclosing information relating to our 
governance approach, the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks 
and opportunities and management’s role in assessing and 
managing climate-related risks and opportunities on an ongoing 
basis in line with the TCFD recommendations.

We will continue to engage at both Board and Management level on 
climate-related issues, considering how we can integrate best 
practice into our internal governance structure and processes. 

Strategic Report

40

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

02
STRATEGY

The Strategy disclosure looks at the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning.

We acknowledge that climate-related risks 
and opportunities have an impact on our 
business. We are therefore implementing 
a clear strategy to respond to that. 

Our focus is on:
•  Mitigation of our impact, by reducing  

our emissions

•  Managing any transition or physical risks 

in relation to adaptation

In 2021 we formally adopted our Sustainability 
Strategy, providing us a clear framework of 
how we manage our climate-related risks and 
opportunities through to 2030.

We have identified a material list of 
significant risks and opportunities which 
have been reviewed, and the analysis from 
these has informed our business strategy, 
and our climate change risk management 
approach. 

Outcomes have been assessed internally on 
the basis of the average probable loss or 
gain and maximum probable loss or gain to 
quantify the risks/opportunities and support 
the Company in prioritising actions related to 
these areas.

MATERIAL CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS 
AND OPPORTUNITIES
Our primary risks and opportunities centre 
around our supply chain and reputation/
response to policy. We have a significant 
number of workstreams active in our Net 
Zero/Sustainability strategy to address 
these topics. We believe we need to 
take an industry-leading approach to 
decarbonisation, which will manage risk 
and increase opportunities in relation to 
reputation/response to policy. 

We have extensive activity in our supply 
chain from delivering the same strategy, and 
we are working with our suppliers on the risk 
in our supply chain as part of this process/
activity. Much of our climate-related risk is 
presented by our supply chain, which also 
represents the largest element of our 
carbon footprint. 

We have begun to engage with our supply 
chain to both mitigate our emissions and 
understand any resilience issues which may 
occur and address those. The short-term risk 
is not immediately significant but some 
purchasing from areas which are at greater 
risk of the acute physical impacts of climate 
change impacting more significantly in the 
years ahead will be reviewed. In addition, 
we will play an active part in the Hospitality 
sector in developing approaches to more 
sustainable food/drink options.

Those identified are:

Risks

Opportunities

The cost of decarbonisation

The benefits of decarbonisation

Potential brand damage from inaction

Impacts on resilience of supply chain

Economic impact on the consumer of Net Zero

Opportunity to increase market share with consumers with 
preference for sustainable products/services

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

41

COLLABORATION ON
LOW CARBON LOGISTICS

Decarbonising logistics/heavy goods vehicles is 
a key challenge for the UK in delivering Net Zero. 
The travel hierarchy (a well-established way of 
assessing opportunities related to transport) 
outlines the approach of Avoid (avoid travel 
where possible) – Shift (change the method to 
lower carbon options) – Improve (improve the 
performance of the transport/vehicle). We used 
this approach working with supplier Matthew 
Clark to reduce truck movements by c. 40% by 
collaborating on number of drops, storage in 
sites and an updated commercial contract. 
The outcome of this collaboration significantly 
reduces our carbon intensity of transportation 
and distribution and lowers the carbon footprint 
of the drinks we serve. The carbon footprint 
impact of this project is 355 tCO2e per year. 

EMISSIONS REDUCTION STRATEGY
We have adopted six key principles as part of our  
Sustainability Strategy which guide our approach:

01
02
03
04
05
06

Make sustainability central to everything we do by  
adopting a sustainability mindset throughout the business

Take proactive action by implementing changes to our 
business to reduce our impact on the environment

 Engage with and report to our key stakeholders 
(our people, shareholders, suppliers, guests, industry)

Become efficient by design (including buildings, 
refurbishments and menus)

Renew our approach/technology where required to 
address the sustainability challenge

 Rebalance our impact where the other actions taken  
do not address it sufficiently

We have two headline commitments in relation to  
emissions reduction in our Sustainability Strategy: 

01
02

 To achieve carbon neutral status by the end of the  
decade and to maintain our Science Based Target

To reduce our carbon intensity by 40% by 2030 

These are reinforced by resource level targets, which are further 
detailed in the Metrics and Targets section.

 
 
Strategic Report

42

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

03
Risk Management

The Risk Management disclosure looks at the processes 
used to identify, assess and manage climate-related risks.

IDENTIFYING AND ASSESSING RISK
The Group identifies climate-related risks 
and opportunities and defines materiality 
based on the We Mean Business risk 
taxonomy, TCFD Guidance and our existing 
climate-related risk and opportunity 
assessments.

Risks are grouped into two categories and 
then into further sub-categories: Physical 
risks, which relate to the physical impacts of 
climate change, and Transition risks, which 
relate to the transition to a low-carbon 
economy. We consider our climate change 
risk between now and 2050 as a timeframe.

MANAGING RISKs AND OPPORTUNITIES
Risks and Opportunities are managed 
through:

•  Where not material to the entire business, 

the relevant Net Zero/Sustainability 
working group, which meets at least 
quarterly

•  Where material, through the Risk 

Committee

Our risk management process in relation to 
climate-related risk can be summarised by 
the following steps:

• 

Identify risks and opportunities/define 
materiality – based upon:

 ― We Mean Business taxonomy

 ― TCFD guidance

 ― Existing climate-related risk 

and opportunity assessments

•  Assess the risks/opportunities and any 

required action in a short-term timeframe 
(<5 years)

•  Model through scenario analysis (where 
relevant) the potential impact of the risks/
opportunities against three climate 
change scenarios

•  Manage by developing and implementing 

internal risk controls

•  Monitor on an ongoing basis and improve 

risk management controls

The three scenarios considered in respect of this risk assessment can be summarised as follows:

Scenario

Early

Late

BAU

Description

Overview

Assumptions

Smooth transition to <2ºC

Disruptive transition to <2ºC

No acceleration of action >3ºC

Transition to a carbon-neutral 
economy starts early and the 
increase in global temperatures 
stays well below 2 degrees, in line 
with the Paris Agreement.

Global climate goal of keeping 
temperatures well below 2 degrees 
is met but the transition is delayed 
and must be more severe to 
compensate for the late start.

There is early and decisive action to 
reduce global emissions in a gradual 
way, with clearly signposted 
government policies implemented 
relatively smoothly.

To compensate for the delayed start 
a deeper adjustment is required, as 
evidenced in a steeper increase in 
global carbon prices in a late 
attempt to meet the climate target. 
Under this scenario, physical risks 
rise more quickly than in the early 
policy action scenario and transition 
risks are severe.

Where no policy action beyond that 
which has already been announced 
is delivered, resulting in above 3 
degrees of warming. Therefore, the 
transition is insufficient for the world 
to meet its climate goal.

This scenario tests organisations’ 
resilience to both chronic changes 
in weather (e.g. rising sea levels), as 
well as more frequent and extreme 
weather events (e.g. flash floods). 
Therefore, under this scenario, 
there are limited transition risks, 
but physical risks are significant.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

43

INTEGRATING RISK
To assess, manage and integrate risk, we maintain a climate-related 
risks and opportunity register. This is prepared following the risk 
management process already described. The taxonomy structure is 
aligned to the We Mean Business structure and is described below. 
The register summarises our actions in relation to each risk area.

RISK TAXONOMY and ASSESSMENT
Our risk taxonomy (in relation to climate-related risk) is shown below, 
with the underlying level of risk we believe that they present. 

Levels

•  High – likely to be disruptive/create material risk/provide material 

opportunities to the organisation

•  Medium-high – probable to be disruptive/create material risk/

provide material opportunities to the organisation

•  Medium – could be disruptive/create material risk/provide 

material opportunities to the organisation

•  Low-medium – might be disruptive/create material risk/provide 

material opportunities to the organisation

•  Low – unlikely to be disruptive/create material risk/provide 

material opportunities to the organisation

Materiality horizon 

•  Short term = less than 5 years

•  Medium term = between 5 and 15 years

•  Long term = greater than 15 years

Where material risks have been identified, further information is 
detailed later in this report.

we have continued 
to deliver on our 
commitments and 
targets since our 
adoption of our 
strategy.

Strategic Report

Page Title

44

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

03
Risk Management

PHYSICAL/TRANSITION

CATEGORY

RISK

OPPORTUNITY

SHORT

MEDIUM

LONG

Materiality time horizon

RISK AREA

Reputation

Customer Demand

Transition

Customer Demand

MH

Transition

Reputation

MH

MH

MH

Renewable Energy Policy

Transition

Air Pollution Limits

Transition

Policy

Policy

Environmental Policy

Transition

Policy

Emissions Reporting Policy

Transition

Product Policy

Transition

Product Efficiency Policy

Transition

Product Labelling Policy

Transition

Cap and Trade

Transition

Fuel Taxes and Policy

Transition

Carbon Taxes

Transition

Policy

Policy

Policy

Policy

Policy

Policy

Policy

International Agreements

Transition

Agreements

MH

M

M

MH

  L

  L

MH

MH

H

MH

MH

M

MH

MH

M

H

L

M

L

MH

L

L

Voluntary Agreements

Transition

Agreements

MH

MH

Snow & Ice

Physical

Changing Climate

Changes in Rainfall

Physical

Changing Climate

Increasing Temperatures

Physical

Changing Climate

Extreme Temperatures

Physical

Changing Climate

M

M

M

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

RISK 

OPPORTUNITY

L  Low  M  Medium  MH Medium-high  H  High

L  Low  M  Medium  MH  Medium-high  H  High

Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

45

RISK AREA

PHYSICAL/TRANSITION

CATEGORY

RISK

OPPORTUNITY

SHORT

MEDIUM

LONG

Materiality time horizon

Change in Rainfall Patterns

Physical

Changing Climate

Droughts or Heavy Rainfall

Physical

Changing Climate

M

M

Impact on Natural Resources

Physical

Natural Resources

MH

Community Impact

Physical

Social Impacts

Disaster Relief

Physical

Social Impacts

Economic Impact on Consumer

Physical

Social Impacts

MH

MH

MH

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

RISK 

OPPORTUNITY

L  Low  M  Medium  MH Medium-high  H  High

L  Low  M  Medium  MH  Medium-high  H  High

RESILIENCE ASSESSMENT

RISK/OPPORTUNITY 
DESCRIPTION

METHODOLOGY OF 
ASSESSMENT

The cost of 
decarbonisation (risk) 
(including Renewable 
Energy Policy & 
Voluntary 
Agreements)

The benefits of 
decarbonisation 
(opportunity)

We have modelled 
the cost of our 
Net Zero strategy 
and have a 
year to year 
understanding 
of the total costs 
and benefits.

ASSESSED OUTCOME

MITIGATION/ACTION

PROGRESS

The overall programme is net 
beneficial to the business to 
the order of c. £6.0 million 
over its full lifecycle on the 
basis of the modelling. 
The risk and opportunity 
are presented together 
because they are interlinked, 
but the risk level can change 
independently. As an 
example, this year the cost 
of the strategy has increased 
because of higher-than-
average inflation on 
construction materials, but 
the benefits outweigh this 
because the costs of energy/
fuel have increased to an 
even greater extent.

The Net Zero strategy has been 
developed with an efficiency-
first approach including supply 
chain initiatives.

Whilst it is clear that measures 
such as reducing energy save 
money, we have also introduced 
measures within our supply 
chain by changing products 
(for example our cocktail menu 
design) or working with 
suppliers on logistics 
improvements, which have 
been financially beneficial to 
the Company as well as positive 
for our sustainability.

We have implemented 
c. 20% of the collection 
of measures planned in 
our Net Zero strategy 
over the first two years.

As detailed in the 
Metrics and Targets 
section, this means 
we are on track to hit 
our strategy targets at 
this time.

This approach, and our 
alignment to Science 
Based Targets, means 
we believe that any risk/
opportunity presented 
by Voluntary 
Agreements is 
resolved/supported as 
we are aligned to 
industry best practice.

Strategic Report

46

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

03
Risk Management

RISK/OPPORTUNITY 
DESCRIPTION

METHODOLOGY OF 
ASSESSMENT

Opportunity to 
increase market share 
with consumers with 
preference for 
sustainable products/
services (opportunity)

We’ve assessed 
research in this 
area to review 
what is important 
to our customers.

ASSESSED OUTCOME

MITIGATION/ACTION

PROGRESS

We believe that it is important 
that we act as a responsible 
operator within our sector and 
take a continual improvement 
approach to reducing the 
impact of our business and 
improving the sustainability of 
our offering to our customers.

We intend to deliver significant 
sustainability changes, and as 
part of this intend to uphold a 
strategy of supporting 
sustainability activities which 
can support the customer in 
making a more sustainable 
choice without materially 
affecting their ability to enjoy 
the experiences we provide 
for them.

Potential brand 
damage from inaction 
(risk)

We have assessed our 
performance/strategy 
compared to our 
industry and 
comparative action 
from other industries.

Impacts on resilience 
of supply chain (risk)

Research studies 
and supply chain 
engagement surveys.

After having conducted this 
assessment, we believe our 
approach, and our alignment 
to Science Based Targets, 
means we believe that any risk/
opportunity presented by 
potential brand damage from 
inaction is mitigated so long 
as we continue to deliver on 
our commitments.

There are ongoing resilience 
challenges in our supply chain 
which we will need to continue 
to monitor to ensure we can 
support our supply chain in 
being resilient to both the 
physical and transition risks.

Economic impact on 
the consumer of Net 
Zero (risk)

Review of policy 
projections/research 
on Net Zero and 
associated 
economics.

From our assessment, Net Zero 
will have an inflationary impact 
on our customers (impacting 
the cost of living and over time 
their spending power).

Approved Science Based 
Target, ongoing disclosure 
and continued delivery on 
our commitments.

We have an extensive 
supply chain engagement 
programme which we are 
expanding over time, and 
we will use this to further 
expand our understanding of 
climate risk and increase 
resilience over time.

We have engaged with 
42% of our supply chain 
in the last twelve 
months and expect to 
increase the level and 
depth of engagement 
over time to address 
these issues.

See our “efficiency-
first” successes 
detailed above.

We will continue to monitor and 
develop mitigation approaches 
to this risk, as much as we are 
able to, over time. We believe 
our efficiency-first mindset to 
our Net Zero strategy supports 
this.

We’ve made successes 
in this area by working 
on back of house 
projects (see logistics 
case study) and by 
changing things so the 
customer doesn’t have 
to, for example our 
successful removal of 
the passionfruit from 
our Pornstar Martini 
cocktails in 2021 which 
created a 100 tCO2e 
emissions reduction 
and reduced food 
waste by 40 tonnes.

As can be seen in the 
Metrics and Targets 
section, we have 
continued to deliver 
on our commitments 
and targets since 
our adoption of our 
strategy.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

47

Potential brand damage from  
inaction (risk)

Impacts on resilience of supply chain 
(risk)

•  We have assessed our performance/

strategy compared to our industry and 
comparative action from other industries. 
After conducting this assessment, we 
believe our approach, and our alignment 
to Science Based Targets, means we 
believe that any risk/opportunity 
presented by potential brand damage 
from inaction is mitigated so long as we 
continue to deliver on our commitments. 
As can be seen in the Metrics and Targets 
section, we have continued to deliver on 
our commitments and targets since our 
adoption of our strategy.

•  There are ongoing resilience challenges 
in our supply chain, due to a number of 
external factors affecting our main drinks 
suppliers, which we will need to continue 
to monitor to ensure we can support our 
supply chain in being resilient to both the 
physical and transition risks. We have an 
extensive supply chain engagement 
programme which we are expanding 
over time, and we will use this to further 
expand our understanding of climate risk 
and increase resilience over time.

Economic impact on the consumer of 
Net Zero (risk)

•  From our assessment, Net Zero will have 
an inflationary impact on our customers, 
which we will continue to monitor and 
develop mitigation approaches to, as 
much as we are able to, over time.

The cost of decarbonisation (risk)  
and the benefits of decarbonisation 
(opportunity), including the renewable 
energy policy outlined above

•  We have modelled the cost of our Net 
Zero strategy and have a year-to-year 
understanding of the total costs and 
benefits. The overall programme is net 
beneficial to the business to the order 
of c. £6.0 million over its full lifecycle 
on the basis of the modelling. 

•  This approach, and our alignment to 
Science Based Targets, means we 
believe that any risk/opportunity 
presented by Voluntary Agreements is 
resolved/supported as we are aligned 
to industry best practice.

Opportunity to increase market share 
with sustainable consumers 
(opportunity)

•  We believe that it is important that we 

act as a responsible operator within our 
sector and take a continual improvement 
approach to reducing the impact of our 
business and improving the sustainability 
of our offering to our customers. We know 
from research that this is important to  
our customers, and we will continue to 
support sustainability activities which  
can support the customer in making a 
more sustainable choice without 
materially affecting their ability to enjoy 
the experiences we provide for them.  
We’ve made successes in this area by 
working on back of house projects and  
by changing things so the customer 
doesn’t have to.

Strategic Report

Page Title

48

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

04
Metrics & targets

The Metrics & Targets disclosure looks at the metrics and targets used to 
assess and manage relevant climate-related risks and opportunities.

With our most material risk and 
opportunity areas being our supply chain 
and our reputation, our metrics and targets 
focus on our decarbonisation (driven by 
our Net Zero/Sustainability strategy) and 
driving our supply chain’s engagement in 
our actions in this area.

METRICS USED

Our operational management of climate-
related risk is measured through the below 
metrics:

•  Greenhouse Gas Emissions (absolute 

and relative) measured in tCO2e
•  Performance against our Carbon 

Budget (set as part of our strategy)

•  Supply chain engagement/targets (% of 
suppliers engaged) to measure the 
engagement of our supply chain in 
managing our climate change risks/
opportunities

•  Energy efficiency (like-for-like kWh 

usage) to measure the effectiveness of 
our energy conservation

•  Renewables/Power Purchase 
Agreements (% renewables/% 
self-generated) to measure our 
transition to renewable energy

•  Waste targets (% recycled/landfill 

avoidance) to measure the 
effectiveness of our approach to  
waste management

METRIC PERFORMANCE
Our metric performance is as follows:

Metric

Target

Actual

Status

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (relative)  
measured in tCO2e

5.00% 
reduction

5.95% 
reduction

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (absolute)  
measured in tCO2e

5.00% 
reduction

7.49% 
reduction

Performance against our Carbon Budget  
(set as part of our strategy)

1,865 tCO2e 
reduction

2,219 tCO2e 
reduction

Supply chain engagement/targets 
(% of suppliers engaged (of total spend)) to 
measure the engagement of our supply chain 
in managing our climate change risks/
opportunities

50.00%

42.60%

Energy efficiency  
(like-for-like kWh usage) to measure the  
effectiveness of our energy conservation

5.00%  
year-on-year 
saving

10.44%  
year-on-year 
saving

Renewables/Power Purchase Agreements  
(% renewables) to measure our transition to 
renewable energy

100% 
 inc. landlord 
supplied sites

99.2% 
 inc. landlord 
supplied sites

Waste targets  
(% recycled) to measure the effectiveness of 
our approach to waste management

63.00% 
(FY23)

65.30%  
(FY23)

Waste targets  
(% landfill avoidance) to measure the 
effectiveness of our approach to waste 
management

Status: 

 Achieved 

 not achieved

95.00%  
(FY23)

97.00% 
(FY23)

Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

49

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
During the 2022-23 reporting period we 
acquired Peach Pubs. Accordingly, our 
emissions statement below is presented 
detailing:

a)   Revolution emissions for the financial 

period

b)   Peach Pubs emissions for the most recent 

year available

c)   The Group’s emissions for the financial 

Emissions data in respect of the 2022-23 
reporting period, based on Operational 
Control, are disclosed as follows. For 
Revolution, comparison data for Purchased 
Goods and Services & Upstream 
Transportation and Distribution is shown 
aggregated whereas it is split in FY23 
because of a change in methodology 
allowing us to present the values 
independently. They were previously 
combined within the Purchased Goods 
and Services category.

Peach Pubs reporting does not show a 
comparison year, as reporting is not available 
for a representative prior period. Peach Pubs 
does have baseline data available which 
largely aligns with the Revolution Bars Group 
plc baseline period and therefore the Group 
reporting is compiled using this dataset.

period

REVOLUTION

Scope

Category

Scope 1

Combustion

Scope 1

Operation of Facility

Scope 1

TOTAL

Scope 2

Electricity/heat/steam/cooling

Scope 2

TOTAL

Scope 3

Business travel

Scope 3

Employee commuting

Scope 3

Fuel and energy-related activities

Scope 3

Purchased goods and services

Scope 3

Upstream transportation and distribution

Scope 3

Capital goods

Scope 3

Waste generated in operations

Scope 3

Upstream leased assets

FY23

tCO2e  
(Location)

tCO2e 
 (Market)

FY22
Previous Year 
(Location)

Baseline
Baseline Year 
(Location)

Comparison
Variance (%)  
Prev year

652

485

1,137

3,247

3,247

199

1,654

1,261

18,108

1,111

1,324

159

111

652

485

1,137

0

0

199

1,654

1,261

18,108

1,111

1,324

169

111

1,193

1,580

-45.35%

1,193

1,580

-4.69%

4,160

4,160

174

1,360

1,384

4,912

4,912

94

1,360

1,160

-21.95%

-21.95%

14.37%

21.62%

-8.89%

20,401

27,088

-5.79%

1,715

218

716

944

-22.80%

-27.06%

Scope 3

TOTAL

All

TOTAL

23,927

23,937

25,252

31,362

-5.24%

28,312

25,075

30,605

37,854

-7.49%

Strategic Report

50

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

04
Metrics & targets

Peach

Scope

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 2

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

All

Category

Combustion

Operation of Facility

TOTAL

Electricity/heat/steam/cooling

TOTAL

Business travel

Employee commuting

Fuel and energy-related activities

Purchased goods and services

Upstream transportation and distribution

Capital goods

Waste generated in operations

TOTAL

TOTAL

FY23

tCO2e  
(Location)

961

48

tCO2e (Market)

961

48

1,009

1,009

609

609

82

182

391

6,555

223

605

69

8,107

9,725

0

0

82

182

391

6,555

223

605

69

8,107

9,116

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

51

GROUP (INC. PEACH SINCE Acquisition ONLY)

Category

Combustion

Operation of Facility

TOTAL

Electricity/heat/steam/cooling

TOTAL

Business travel

Employee commuting

Fuel and energy-related activities

FY23

tCO2e  
(Location)

Baseline

tCO2e  
(Market)

Baseline Year 
(Location)

Variance  
(tCO2e) Baseline

1,321

518

1,839

3,671

3,671

256

1,781

1,534

1,321

518

1,839

0

0

256

1,781

1,534

2,254

-933

2,254

5,471

5,471

94

1,514

1,208

-933

-1,800

-1,800

162

267

326

Purchased goods and services

22,670

22,670

32,345

-8,409

Upstream transportation and distribution

Capital goods

Waste generated in operations

Upstream leased assets

1,266

1,745

208

111

1,266

1,745

217

111

716

981

1,029

-773

TOTAL

TOTAL

29,571

29,580

36,858

-7,399

35,080

31,419

44,583

-10,133

Scope

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 2

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

Scope 3

All

(Location) refers to location-based reporting; (Market) refers to market-based reporting. Both definitions are in line with the Greenhouse Gas 

Protocol. All stated variances are of our location-based emissions.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

52

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Task Force on climate-related  
financial disclosures (“TCFD”) continued

04
Metrics & targets

Energy Use Statement:

This table contains kWh statement for 12 months for Revolutions Bars and Peach Pubs, rather than the consumption within the financial period, 
to allow comparison year reporting.

Scope

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 2

Scope 3

Scope 3

All

Category

Combustion

TOTAL

Electricity/heat/steam/cooling

TOTAL

Business travel

TOTAL

TOTAL

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity Ratio:

Financial period – Total Footprint  
(Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3) – CO2e tonnes
Turnover (£) 

Intensity Ratio (tCO2e/£100,000)

Performance Comparison – Total Footprint  
(Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3) – CO2e tonnes
Intensity Ratio (tCO2e/£100,000)

Current kWh

Previous kWh

8,630,132

11,198,978

8,630,132

11,198,978

19,942,128

22,959,826

19,942,128

22,959,826

128,278

128,278

290,624

290,624

28,700,538

34,449,428

Previous Year 
(2021-22)

Current Year 
(2022-23)

Year-on-Year 
Variance

140.8m

21.737

152.6m

22.996

8.3%

5.8%

Previous  
Periods

24.450

Current Period 
(2022-23)

22.996

Year-on-Year 
Variance

-5.9%

The first table of intensity ratio reporting shows Revolution as the previous financial period, compared to this financial period. The variance is 
expected as Peach Pubs is a more carbon intensive business than Revolution due to its higher proportion of food sales. The second table 
shows an adjusted comparison using baseline data for Peach Pubs. 

Emission reporting notes

•  Our methodology has been based on the principles of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, taking account of the 2015 amendment which sets 

out a “dual reporting” methodology for the reporting of Scope 2 emissions. In the “Total Footprint” summary above, purchased electricity 
is reported on a location-based method.

•  We have reported on all the measured emissions sources required under The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013 and The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) 
Regulations 2018 except where stated.

•  The period of our report is 01/07/2022 – 30/06/2023.

•  This report includes emissions under Scope 1 and 2, except where stated, and includes emissions from Scope 3 sources relating to 
business travel, purchased goods and services, capital goods, employee commuting, fuel- and energy-related activities, upstream 
transportation and distribution, and water and waste.

•  Conversion factors for UK electricity (location-based methodology), gas and other emissions are those published by the Department for 

Environment, Food and Rural Affairs for 2022.

•  Conversion factors for UK electricity (market-based methodology) are published on the fuel mix disclosures on each supplier’s website.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

53

BIGGER PEACH –
LOCAL FOOD = 
LOWER CARBON

In Peach Pubs, local sourcing of food, and buying 
British, is a key part of the Bigger Peach initiative. 
From sweet Cornish lobster when it’s at its prime, to 
English asparagus and strawberries, Peach sources 
the best of British. The menu is changed with the 
seasons, working with whatever is best and in 
abundance from our fields and shores – and with the 
best farmers, fishermen and producers who share our 
sustainable, quality ethics. From the earliest and best 
English asparagus in Spring, to wild game in Autumn, 
Cornish lamb when it is at its best and native lobsters 
in August. Our specials change daily, and we talk to 
our suppliers constantly to create blackboards full of 
interesting dishes. From exciting healthy plant-based 
options to indulgent treats, we’ll help guests find the 
right balance. Local food is lower carbon and supports 
the delivery of our Sustainability strategy. 

Energy efficiency action

In this year we have:

•  Largely completed our LED rollout to our Revolution estate.

• 

Implemented innovative Cellar Cooling technology to reduce our 
energy usage for serving at our bars.

•  Continued to deliver exceptional results through our Zero Heroes 
programme, with a continued reduction in overnight usage waste.

•  Continued to implement our standards (including our minimum 
standard specification for our sites to define what equipment is 
required in refurbishment/installations).

•  Made substantial progress in delivering our Net Zero/Sustainability 

strategy which can be seen in our reduced carbon emissions.

OUR TARGETS
Our Sustainability strategy has the below targets, against which we 
have declared our progress to date:

Target

To achieve carbon neutral status by the end 
of the decade and commit to a Science Based 
Target as soon as practicable

Baseline

Progress

FY20

On target

To reduce our carbon intensity by 40%  
by 2030

To achieve a further 20% energy  
efficiency improvement by 2025

To commit to working towards and 
maintaining thereafter 100% renewable 
electricity supply

To achieve a 30% reduction in water 
consumption by 2030

To reduce supply chain emissions by 30%  
by 2030

To reduce waste to landfill by 50% by 2030

To reduce overall waste volumes by 15%  
by 2030

On target

On target

On target

On target

On target

On target

On target

NEXT STEPS
We will continue to drive forward through our Sustainability programme 
to deliver significant carbon reductions. We are on track for all of the 
targets we have set at this point and will continue to reduce our impact 
on the environment across all three emission scopes in line with climate 
science and our approved Science Based Target.

By order of the Board

Danielle Davies
Company Secretary
16 October 2023

 
 
Governance

Page Title

54

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Board of Directors

The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year 
and up to the date of signing the financial statements were:

Keith Edelman 

Non-Executive Chairman

Date appointed to Board
16 February 2015 

Relevant past experience
Keith has served on the boards of public companies for over 30 years across 
a wide range of businesses and markets, with extensive experience in the retail 
and consumer sectors. Keith’s previous executive roles include being Managing 
Director of Arsenal Holdings plc from 2000 to 2008 and Chief Executive Officer 
of Storehouse plc (encompassing BHS and Mothercare) from 1993 to 1999. Keith 
has a BSc in management studies from the University of Manchester (Institute of 
Science and Technology).

Other appointments
Keith is currently Non-Executive Chairman of Headlam Group plc.  
He is also Chairman of Jewellery Quarter Bullion Limited.

Danielle Davies 

Chief Financial Officer

Date appointed to Board
22 December 2020 

Relevant past experience
Danielle is a Chartered Accountant with extensive corporate finance and 
hands-on financial and commercial management experience gained in senior 
positions at large multi-site retail businesses. Most recently, she was Chief 
Financial Officer at Footasylum plc. Prior to that she was Director of Finance 
at Pets at Home where she worked on a number of refinancing activities and 
acquisitions under private equity ownership, prior to supporting its public 
offering in 2014. She has also performed senior financial roles at Matalan, 
Royal and Sun Alliance and the Co-operative Group.

Other appointments
None.

William Tuffy 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Date appointed to Board
26 November 2018 

Relevant past experience
William is a Chartered and Certified Accountant with over 35 years’ experience in 
senior general and financial management roles in retail, FMCG and property 
investment and management. He has also been involved with business 
transformation and turnaround projects in companies ranging from large 
multinationals to mid-sized businesses and start-ups. He has held non-executive 
positions, including four years at Beale plc, during which time he was initially 
senior independent Director and then Non-Executive Chairman. Whilst at Beale 
plc, William also served as chair of both the audit and remuneration committees.

Other appointments
William is also a Director of Miromore Limited and Structadene Limited.

Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

55

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Committee Chair

Rob Pitcher 

Chief Executive Officer

Date appointed to Board
25 June 2018 

Relevant past experience
Rob has over 25 years’ experience within the hospitality sector, most recently 
as Divisional Director of Restaurants at Mitchells & Butlers, responsible for the 
Harvester, Toby Carvery and Stonehouse brands. Prior to joining M&B, Rob 
held senior positions at many other leading hospitality companies, including 
Stonegate, Laurel Pub Company, Spirit Group, and Scottish & Newcastle Retail. 

Other appointments
None. 

Jemima Bird 

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Date appointed to Board
19 December 2016 

Relevant past experience
Jemima brings three decades of retail experience across multiple consumer 
sectors including food, fashion and leisure. She formed Hello Finch, a strategic 
brand consultancy, in 2013. Specialising in early-stage businesses, Hello Finch 
supports raising seed finance for entrepreneurs. 

Other appointments
Jemima is a Director of Hello Finch Limited, a Non-Executive Director and chair of 
the Remuneration Committee for both Headlam Group plc and Pendragon plc, 
and a Board Trustee for the Football Foundation, the UK’s largest sports charity. 
She became a Non-Executive Director of Pendragon plc on 10 July 2023.

Principal skills and experience

Leisure

Retail Marketing Operational

People

Finance

Keith Edelman 
Non-Executive Chairman

Rob Pitcher 
Chief Executive Officer

Danielle Davies 
Chief Financial Officer

Jemima Bird 
Senior Non-Executive Director

William Tuffy 
Non-Executive Director

Length of service

20%

80%

2–4 years

4+ years

Gender analysis

60%

40%

Male

Female

Executive/non-executive analysis

40%

60%

Executive

Non-Executive

Governance

Page Title

56

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Senior Management

In addition to the Executive Directors, the following senior managers are considered to have 
the relevant expertise and experience to support the strategic development of the Group’s 
brands and the day-to-day direction and decision-making of the business.

Beth Anderson
People Director
Beth joined the business in 2012 with a strong operational 
background before moving into the People Development Team in 
2014. Beth held several roles within the People Development team, 
then was promoted to Head of People in the summer of 2019 and 
most recently to People Director. Since graduating from university, 
Beth has studied for CIPD qualifications, attaining Level 5 CIPD in 
Learning and Development, and completing her Level 7 CIPD 
qualification in Human Resource Management.

Andy Dyson
Business Development Director
Andy joined the business in 1998; he has performed several 
operational roles within the Group. Andy became Business 
Development Director and his many responsibilities are primarily 
associated with ensuring process efficiency for those services that 
cross all brands, including sustainability, and ensuring that the many 
and varied workstreams driving change and innovation, including the 
development of new brands, get the required focus.

Fiona Hall
Commercial Director
Fiona worked with the business as a Hospitality Consultant in both 
2018 and 2019 focusing on pricing and margin optimisation. In 
December 2020 Fiona joined the Group permanently, managing the 
Commercial and Food teams, and was subsequently promoted to the 
position of Commercial Director. With over 15 years’ experience in the 
industry, Fiona’s focus has been on driving margin across multiple 
companies, such as the Stonegate Pub Company, The Alchemist, The 
Deltic Group, Town and City Pubs, Bay Restaurant Group and Laurel. 
She is a qualified Chef with an enormous passion for food.

Maria Hamilton 
Head of Brand & Digital Marketing - Bars
Maria joined the Group in 2022 as Head of Growth & Digital, with her 
remit expanding at the start of 2023 to head up the Brand and Digital 
teams across the bars. With over 17 years’ experience in Hospitality 
marketing, Maria has held senior marketing roles across a number of 
pub, bar and restaurant groups including Living Ventures, Premium 
Bars & Restaurants, The Orchid Group, and most recently Fuller’s, 
gaining her CIM Professional qualifications.

Rebekha Wilkins
Marketing Director - Peach Pubs
Rebekha originally joined Peach Pubs as a Deputy Manager in 2013, 
and since then her passion for both the industry and guest-focused 
approach led her to being named the first Peach Marketing Director 
in 2020, the same year she completed her Chartered Institute of 
Marketing Diploma. She has been in Hospitality for over 20 years and 
has experience both client and agency side, working with, or for, 
brands such as Premium Country Dining Pubs in Mitchells & Butlers, 
Jamie’s Italian, Gordon Ramsay Restaurants and Searcy’s.

Alex McMillan 
Brand Operations Director – Revolución De Cuba
Alex joined the team as Brand Operations Director in March 2022. 
She has over 25 years’ experience in the hospitality industry having 
worked in operational roles for Mitchells & Butlers, Welcome Break, 
KFC and Forte. Most recently she fulfilled a senior operations role in 
Harvester restaurants which involved menu redevelopment and 
brand design enhancements, as well as delivering revenue in excess 
of £120 million per annum.

Mark Walter 
Brand Operations Director – Revolution
Mark joined the business, as Operations Director – Revolution South, 
in September 2018 from Mitchells & Butlers where he had been a 
Regional Operations Manager for three years, responsible for 125 
destination venues. Mark has spent his career in hospitality running 
late-night venues, pubs and bars and prior to joining Mitchells & 
Butlers, Mark was an Area Manager for Stonegate Pub Company, 
Town and City and Laurel. He is now responsible for the day-to-day 
operations of the entire Revolution branded estate.

Chris Stagg 
Brand Operations Director – Peach Pubs
After 20 years behind the bar and in the kitchen, working for 
Whitbread, Chef & Brewer, and Hall & Woodhouse, Chris studied for 
his MBA. After ten years with Hall & Woodhouse, moving from 
General Manager to Head of Operations, Chris moved to Brunning & 
Price as Deputy Managing Director for two years. He joined Peach 
Pubs as Operations Director and partner, overseeing growth from  
17 to 21 pubs, implementing standard operating procedures and 
rebuilding the team.

Will Stelling 
Property Director
Will, a chartered Project Manager (CIOB) and a qualified Quantity 
Surveyor (GradDipQS), joined the team as Head of Property in 
June 2020 from OYO Rooms, where he held the role of Midlands Hub 
Head. During this time, he was responsible for leading a regional 
team of Business Development, Infrastructure and Construction 
managers. Prior to this, he was a Building Development Manager 
at Mitchells and Butlers for over five years, where his main 
responsibilities included the successful delivery of all brand projects 
and the management of capital budgets. Will was promoted to the 
Executive Senior Management team in 2022.

The business address of each senior manager is  
21 Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyne, Tameside OL6 6LA.

Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

57

Revolution Bars  
Group plc Board

Chairman: Keith Edelman

Chief Executive Officer: Rob Pitcher

Chief Financial Officer: Danielle Davies

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director: Jemima Bird

Independent Non-Executive Director: William Tuffy

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Chairman 
William Tuffy

Jemima Bird

Keith Edelman

Chairman 
Jemima Bird

Keith Edelman

William Tuffy

Chairman 
Keith Edelman

Jemima Bird

Rob Pitcher

William Tuffy

Chairman’s
Introduction
to Governance

Introduction from the Chairman
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Revolution Bars Group plc 
(the “Company”) recognises the importance of, and is committed to, 
high standards of corporate governance. We believe strong 
corporate governance is key to delivering high performance as a 
business and ensuring success for its shareholders. Accountability to 
our stakeholders, including shareholders, guests, suppliers and 
employees is key to our governance approach.

Therefore, and in compliance with the updated AIM Rules for 
Companies, the Company has chosen to formalise its governance 
policies by complying with the UK’s Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Guidelines for Small and Mid-Size Quoted 
Companies (the “QCA Code”). 

The annual financial statements of the Company for the financial 
period ending 1 July 2023 will be prepared in accordance with 
the Company’s obligations as an AIM company and the 
requirements of the QCA Corporate Governance Code.

All Directors are fully aware of their duties and responsibilities 
under the QCA Code. As at the date of this report, we consider 
we are in full compliance with the QCA Code, which is made up 
of ten principles. Below, we explain how we have complied with 
each principle. We continue to review for best practice and will 
update this report accordingly as we do so, at least annually.

Keith Edelman
Chairman
16 October 2023

Governance

58

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Governance Section
Quoted Companies Alliance Code Compliance

2.  Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs 
and expectations
The Group prides itself on open communication and strong 
relationships with its key investors and shareholders. The Executive 
Directors are in regular contact with the Company’s shareholders and 
brief the Board on feedback and any shareholder issues. In FY22 and 
FY23 interim, investor briefings and roadshows were held at regular 
intervals, including following announcement of the preliminary and 
interim results, and other ad hoc one-to-one meetings with key 
investors and potential investors were also held through the year to 
discuss the Group’s strategy and shareholder expectations, amongst 
other things. FY23 roadshows will be held after release of the 
preliminary results in October.

Feedback from investors is also delivered to the Executive Board 
and key management to ensure it is at the heart of our strategies. 
The Board believes the Annual Report and Interim Report, and 
the accompanying presentations, provide necessary information 
to influence investor assessments on performance, business model 
and strategy. Hard copies are available to all shareholders who 
request one, and copies are also available on the Group’s website 
at the following link: https://www.revolutionbarsgroup.com/investors/
results-centre/.

Shareholders or investors may contact the Company or the 
management team via our investor relations email address, 
shareholderhelp@revolutionbarsgroup.com. We also welcome 
any written correspondence, which our Chief Financial Officer or 
Financial Controller will respond to, as well as contact via our 
Company’s registrar, Link Group.

The Board particularly supports the use of the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) to communicate, in particular, with private investors. 
All shareholders are given the opportunity to ask questions and raise 
issues; this can be done formally during the meeting or informally 
with the Directors afterwards.

The voting record at the Company’s General Meetings is monitored, 
and we are pleased that all resolutions were passed by shareholders 
at the 2022 AGM. The 2023 AGM will be held on 30 November 2023.

The following sets out the ten QCA Code principles and either how 
Revolution Bars Group plc has complied with those principles or 
where a more detailed discussion can be found on the Group’s 
website following the disclosure guidance in the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code:

1.  Establish a strategy and business model which 
promote long-term value for shareholders
The Group’s strategy and business model is discussed within the 
Chief Executive’s Review on pages 12 to 15. A further review of the 
business model can also be found on pages 10 to 11, and further 
information on our strategic framework on pages 16 to 21.

Our five key strategic pillars are:

•  Maximising Revenue & Profit

•  Brand Awareness and ESG including Sustainability and EVP

•  Guest Experience

•  Cost Control

•  Diversification of Sales

The Group acquired Peach Pubs in the year, providing a diverse and 
exciting new brand. Peach has performed well since acquisition, and 
providers a new, more affluent guest base to the Group which helps 
drive performance under circumstances that the bars don’t thrive in. 
For example, the pubs have beautiful outside spaces where guests 
flock to in the ever-hotter summers. The locations of the pubs are 
also typically in market towns in the heart of England, meaning we 
see our lovely guests joining us on Fridays and at times where our 
bar guests might be working from home.

The long-term aim of the Group is continued expansion and 
refurbishments to drive sales, and we continue to monitor a strong 
pipeline of properties for when the time is right. We continue to 
deleverage the business following the acquisition, where possible, 
managing cash carefully, allowing us to deliver our strategies.

We continue to focus on our team, becoming an above-minimum 
wage employer in the previous year as well as focusing on a portfolio 
of other staff benefits to ensure we retain our position as an 
employer of choice. We have also invested heavily in our staff 
welfare, partnering with “Wiser” and “So Let’s Talk”.

Our investment in guest experience technology allows us to 
respond to guest needs quickly and adapt our strategy accordingly. 
We continue to drive technology forwards to enhance our guest 
experience and drive sales, including investment in the guest 
digital journey.

The key risks we face as a business are discussed in section 4  
below but can also be found on pages 28 to 30.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

59

3. Take into account wider stakeholder and  
social responsibilities and their implications for 
long-term success
The Board considers engagement with its stakeholders as 
fundamental to the Group’s success, as well as helping the Board 
and management make key decisions. The s172 Statement provides 
detailed information as to our engagement with key stakeholders 
and can be found on pages 22 to 23.

In addition, Revolution Bars Group prides itself on being a market 
leader with its sustainability agenda. We were very proud to 
announce in June that our commitment to reach net zero greenhouse 
gas emissions across supply chain and operations has been 
assessed and approved by the Science Based Targets initiative. We 
continue to strive forwards in our sustainability initiatives, seeing 
energy consumption down 35% since 2017 due to increased roll-outs 
of LEDs and the active efforts of our Zero Heroes in the bars.

The cultural alignment at Peach means our new exciting brand is also 
very much committed to reducing its input on emissions, whilst 
working towards initiatives and fundraises to support local 
communities. More information can be found on pages 36 to 53.

4. Embed effective risk management, considering 
both opportunities and threats, throughout 
the organisation
In order to fully understand and manage the Group’s exposure to risk, 
each key area of our operations is reviewed annually using a 
methodology that allows us to measure, evaluate, document and 
monitor our key risks.

Our risk management process identifies, monitors, evaluates and 
escalates risks as they emerge, enabling management to take 
appropriate action wherever possible in order to control them whilst 
enabling the Board to keep risk management under review.

The risk factors set out in the Risk Report on pages 28 to 30 are 
those which the Board believes are the most significant to the 
Group’s business model that could adversely affect its operations, 
revenue, profit, cash flow or asset values and which may prevent the 
Group from achieving its strategic objectives. There may be 
additional risks and uncertainties that are currently unknown or 
currently believed to be immaterial that may also have an adverse 
effect on the Group.

5. Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the chair
The Board consists of five Directors: three Non-Executive Directors 
and two Executive Directors. The three Non-Executive Directors 
are independent, in line with the QCA Code guidance. The Group 
believes the balance and experience of the Board is suitable for 
the business. The Non-Executive Directors of the Board have been 
selected with the objective to further support the breadth of skills 
and experience of the Board and bring constructive challenge to 
the Executive Directors. The Non-Executive Directors are also 
responsible for the effective running of the Board’s Committees 
and ensuring that the Committees support the strategic priorities 
of the Board.

The Board members are as follows:

•  Keith Edelman – Non-Executive Chairman and Chair of the 

Nomination Committee

•  Rob Pitcher – Chief Executive Officer

•  Danielle Davies – Chief Financial Officer

•  Jemima Bird – Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

•  William Tuffy – Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of 

the Audit Committee

The Executive Directors of the Company are employed on a full-time 
basis. Non-Executive Directors are required to devote such time to 
the Group’s affairs as necessary to discharge their duties, and this 
may change from time to time. Members are required to attend all 
Board meetings and Committee meetings as necessary.

The Board’s intention is to meet at least eight times per year for 
structured Board meetings covering all aspects of the business. 
Meeting papers include business reports and updates from the 
CEO and the CFO. Members of the Group’s senior management 
team are also invited to present at Board meetings on a regular basis, 
as appropriate, so that Non-Executive Directors keep abreast of 
developments in the Group.

The attendance record of each of the Directors at full Board and the 
Sub-Committees of the Board is set out below:

Board

Audit Remuneration

Nomination

Number of meetings

17*

Keith Edelman

Rob Pitcher

Danielle Davies

Jemima Bird

William Tuffy

15

17

17

13

13

2

2

2

2

2

2

6

6

6

6

6

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

* 

Including Committee meetings of the Board which not all Non-Executive Directors 
were required to attend.

Governance

60

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Governance Section continued

Attendance of Executive Directors to Remuneration and Audit 
Committee meetings are by invitation only.

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of internal 
control and reviewing its effectiveness. Key elements of the system 
of internal control include clearly defined levels of responsibility and 
delegation, together with well-structured reporting lines up to the 
Board; the preparation of comprehensive budgets for each bar and 
head office, approved by the Board; a review of period results 
against budget, together with commentary on significant variances 
and updates of both profit and cash flow expectations for the period; 
Board authorisation of all major purchases and disposals and regular 
reporting of legal and accounting developments to the Board.

Further details on the composition and experience of the Board can 
be found on pages 54 to 55.

6. Ensure that between them the directors have 
the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and 
capabilities
The Board considers that it has sufficient skills and experience to 
enable it to execute its duties and responsibilities effectively given 
the nature and size of the Group. The Directors have a wide range of 
skills in Leisure, Retail, Marketing, Operational, People and Finance 
backgrounds, and continue to develop their skills and knowledge 
either through other Directorships (for Non-Executives) or via time 
and experience and attending industry body events.

7.  Evaluate board performance based on clear 
and relevant objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement
The Board completed a Board evaluation in summer 2022. This 
assessed the Board effectiveness, and any recommendations were 
implemented; the questions were reviewed and approved by the 
Group’s corporate lawyers to ensure they were independently 
verified and were found to be robust and conclusive of the QCA 
Code principles. The questionnaire was then shared with the Board, 
asking them to participate and respond to questions designed to 
elicit honest feedback about Board dynamics, operations, structure, 
performance, and composition.

A key output from the review found that the Board has identified a 
requirement for more timely and focused information in advance of 
meetings to allow them to come well-prepared. The evaluation also 
identified the key strategy and concentration of the Board in the 
next year, with a focus on continued growth plans and forensic and 
relentless reviews of cost headwinds. It was noted that to succeed 
in these areas the Board must also ensure a strong succession plan.

In line with best practice and the newly applicable requirements of 
the QCA Code, the Board intends to undertake regular evaluations 
of the Board, the Chairman and the individual Committees and 
Directors. The Board will utilise the results of the evaluation process 
when considering the adequacy of the composition of the Board and 
for succession planning.

Where the Board considers that it does not possess the necessary 
expertise or experience, it will engage the services of professional 
advisers and consultants. The Directors receive regular updates from 
external advisers on legal requirements and regulations, 
remuneration matters and corporate governance best practice.

Personal objectives and targets are determined each year for the 
Executive Directors and Executive team, and performance is 
measured against these metrics. The Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman undertakes the responsibility of assessing and monitoring 
the performance of the Executive Directors.

Further details of Board experience can be found on pages 54 to 55.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

61

9.  Maintain governance structures and processes 
that are fit for purpose and support good decision-
making by the board
The Group has established a clear division between the respective 
responsibilities of the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board and 
the Chief Executive Officer. The Non-Executive Chairman is 
Keith Edelman, and he is responsible for the effective operation, 
leadership and governance of the Board, leading the Board’s 
discussions and its decision-making. The Chairman promotes 
a culture of openness and debate by facilitating the effective 
contribution of Non-Executive Directors and ensuring constructive 
relations between Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

The Chief Executive Officer is Rob Pitcher, who, through delegation 
from the Board, is responsible for leading the Group’s business 
organisation and performance and the day-to-day management of 
the Group. This separation of responsibilities between the Chairman 
and the CEO, coupled with the schedule of matters reserved for 
the Board, ensures that no individual has unfettered powers of 
decision-making.

The Board meets monthly, with further meetings for the Committees 
and any ad hoc matters. Further details of attendance at these 
meetings can be found in section 5 above. It is deemed that the 
independence and experience of the Non-Executive Directors allow 
the Committees to run effectively, as follows:

Nomination Committee – The responsibility of the Committee 
includes reviewing the Board composition, appointing new Directors, 
the reappointment and re-election of existing Directors, succession 
planning taking into account the skills and expertise that will be 
needed on the Board in the future, reviewing the time requirement 
from Non-Executive Directors, determining membership of Board 
Committees and their modus operandi, and ensuring an objective 
evaluation of the performance of the Board and each Director takes 
place on a regular basis.

8. Promote a corporate culture that is based 
on ethical values and behaviours
The business is built on a core purpose, vision, and values.  
These are:

•  Purpose – We create fun and memorable experiences with our 

Teams & Guests

•  Vision – The place where everyone wants to be

•  Values

 ― Fun – It’s at the heart of what we do, it’s who we are. Have fun, 

be fun and create fun

 ― Ambition – Always striving to be the best version of ourselves

 ― Integrity – Just doing the right thing because it’s the right thing 

to do!

 ― Recognition – Creatively rewarding and recognising the 

achievements of all our people

Our purpose, vision and values are at the core of what we do and 
how we expect our people to behave. We believe these values will 
drive the success of the business, whilst ensuring we have happy 
and cared for teams and guests. The Group has a strong People 
Development team who are committed to the welfare and 
development of the bar teams and the Support Centre.

We are aware of the pressures faced by all our team members in 
everyday life and we offer Mental Health First Aid training to all 
management across the business and have nominated Area 
Wellbeing Champions to drive insight and inform actions in 
wellbeing across the estate.

People are at the core of what we do; we strive to operate with ethics 
and integrity with all our stakeholders. We see many of our bar staff 
stay with us for long careers, working their way to senior operational 
roles such as General and Area managers, or alternative careers.

Where people have joined us with future aspirations, potentially 
as a student, we aim to support this either through flexible working 
or opportunities in our Support Centre departments. We pride 
ourselves on the length of service of our staff and home-grown 
abilities.

The culture and satisfaction of our people is monitored through 
a twice-yearly satisfaction and engagement survey called the 
“Quality of Life” survey, which is expected to be completed by the 
entire Group. We recently enjoyed our highest ever participation rate 
and our highest ever Employee Net Promoter Score (beating 2022 
which was previously our highest ever!), which was very exciting with 
the backdrop of the recent extremely challenging trading conditions.

Governance

62

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Governance Section continued

Audit Committee – The responsibility of the Committee includes 
reviewing annual and half-year results, external auditing, internal 
controls, and advising on the independence, appointment of the 
external auditors, reviewing the impact of any upcoming changes 
in accounting treatment as a result of new or modified IFRS, and 
considering matters the external auditors consider to be a 
significant audit risk.

Remuneration Committee – The responsibility of the Committee 
includes determining the Chairman’s fee, the framework and policy 
for the remuneration of Executive Directors and other members of 
the Executive team, advising, determining and agreeing the total 
individual remuneration package of each of the Executive Directors 
and Executive team, considering and approving appropriate targets 
for the annual bonus and long-term share schemes operated for 
the Executive Directors and Executive Team, and overseeing 
remuneration and benefit structures and policies throughout the 
Group’s business.

The Risk Committee formed in 2018, meets quarterly, and continues 
to improve the management of risk across all areas of the business 
and to hold individuals to account. The Committee’s terms of 
reference centre around Health and Safety and minimising losses 
but extend to the identification and management of any business 
risk. All Board Committees play an essential role in supporting the 
Board to implement its strategy and provide focused oversight of key 
aspects of the business. Minutes and action points arising from all 
Committee meetings are circulated to all Directors and reviewed at 
Board meetings. The full terms of reference for each Committee are 
available on the Group’s website, www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

Further details on key activities of the Board can be viewed on page 
63. These include business reviews and strategy, financial updates, 
assessment of internal control and risk management, governance 
updates, and any other ad hoc matters.

10.  Communicate how the company is governed 
and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders
The Group welcomes questions from shareholders and 
potential investors via its shareholder inbox, shareholderhelp@
revolutionbarsgroup.com, where a member of the senior team 
will respond quickly to any queries or concerns.

The Group’s main communication channels with shareholders for 
immediate messages, such as trading updates, will be the London 
Stock Exchange’s Regulatory News Service (“RNS”), and the investor 
section of our corporate website.

The Company reports formally to shareholders twice a year 
via the release of its interim and full-year results, including the 
preliminary announcement for year-end, with the annual financial 
statements following shortly afterwards. These financial results are 
communicated to the markets and shareholders through a roadshow 
attended by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
where both will make themselves available for questions. The AGM 
is also a key opportunity, where the Board will make themselves 
available for questions by shareholders and investors.

An internal call for colleagues is also held after the release of 
key financial information by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, where the information will be communicated at a 
high level and the floor is opened for questions. The Group ensures 
its people are appropriately communicated with and kept abreast 
of current affairs, in order to maintain operational integrity.

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary
16 October 2023

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

63

Board Activity

BUSINESS REVIEW 
& STRATEGY

•  Reviewed the Group’s strategy and vision

•  Reviewed progress reports on major work 

•  Reviewed the Group’s operations, ensuring 

competent and prudent management, sound 
planning, adequate accounting and other records, 
and compliance with statutory and regulatory 
obligations

•  Received regular presentations from operating 

division Directors and business function Directors 
to consolidate the understanding of trading 
performance, opportunities, and challenges

streams, new concepts, and business plans in 
pursuance of strategy

•  Reviewed and monitored progress on the Group’s 

sustainability agenda

•  Reviewed and debated portfolio strategy

•  Agreed Board agenda programme for the year

•  Review refurbishment performance to ensure in 

line with payback targets

•  Approved the acquisition of The Peach Pub 

Company (Holdings) Limited

FINANCIAL

•  Received regular financial performance updates 

•  Reviewed and approved three-year financial 

from the Chief Financial Officer

model update

•  Approved 2022 Annual Report and Accounts 
and Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) business

•  Approved revised authorisation policy and 

authorisation limits

•  Approved 2023 interim report and trading 

•  Review and approve new banking facilities 

updates

•  Reviewed and approved 2023 Forecast updates 

and the annual budget

and the covenants connected with it, including 
downside scenarios

INTERNAL  
CONTROL & RISK  
MANAGEMENT

•  Reviewed minutes of Risk Committee meetings

•  Reviewed all insurance arrangements ahead of 

•  Received regular reports on litigation and 

regulatory matters including licensing updates 
and health and safety matters

•  Reviewed effectiveness of risk management and 

internal control systems

June 2023 renewal

•  Reviewed effectiveness of Board and Board 

Committees

GOVERNANCE & 
SHAREHOLDERS

•  Executive Director virtual meetings with individual 
institutional shareholders following publication of 
FY22 results and FY23 interim results

•  Reviewed feedback from institutional 

shareholders following Executive Director 
meetings

•  Quarterly review of shareholder register

•  Approved 2022 Modern Slavery Statement

•  Received regular updates on health and safety

•  Reviewed and approved several market updates 
on trading and measures to improve liquidity and 
access to funding

OTHER

•  Reviewed and approved changes to the Executive 

Management structure

•  Reviewed the Group’s IT strategy, including 
proposed changes to systems architecture, 
cyber-security protection, GDPR procedures, 
and organisational changes to encourage more 
proactive development to drive competitive 
advantage

•  Reviewed and approved National Minimum Wage 
and Cost of Living salary increases for employees 
at all levels

•  Top to bottom review of bonus incentives for 
employees at all levels to ensure improved 
balance and fairness between different groups 
of employees

•  Reviewed and recommended grant of share 

•  Reviewed and approved major supply contract 
proposals with major drink and food brands

options for certain senior employees to 
Remuneration Committee

•  Reviewed six-monthly Quality-of-Life Survey 

•  Approved process for settlement of 2020 

results undertaken across the entire workforce 
to better understand the levels of workforce 
engagement and any underlying issues 
requiring attention

Restricted Share Awards

Governance

64

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Nominations Committee Report

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to introduce the report of the Nomination Committee for 
the 52 weeks to 1 July 2023.

Nominations
committee

04

Committee members
no Meetings in 2023

Responsibilities
The Committee’s terms of reference can be found on the Group’s 
website and can be obtained from the Company Secretary. The 
responsibilities of the Committee, as covered in its terms of 
reference, include reviewing the Board composition, appointing new 
Directors, the reappointment and re-election of existing Directors, 
succession planning taking into account the skills and expertise that 
will be needed on the Board in the future, reviewing the time 
requirement from Non-Executive Directors, determining membership 
of Board Committees and their modus operandi, and ensuring an 
objective evaluation of the performance of the Board and each 
Director takes place on a regular basis.

Composition
Best practice recommends that a majority of members of the 
Nomination Committee should be independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee is chaired by me as independent Non-
Executive Chairman, and its other members are Jemima Bird and 
William Tuffy who are independent Non-Executive Directors, and 
the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Rob Pitcher. By invitation, the 
meetings of the Committee may be attended by the Chief Financial 
Officer (“CFO”) although this did not occur during the year under 
review.

Meetings and attendance
During the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023, the Nomination Committee 
did not meet as there were no arising events giving reason for 
discussion. The Committee formally reviews succession plans for all 
Board and senior management positions so that in the event of 
unforeseen events, there is a clear and agreed understanding of both 
the short-term and long-term actions that would be implemented, 
and in certain cases other changes made to ensure that appropriate 
contingencies are in place and operational vulnerabilities minimised.

Committee membership 

Keith Edelman 
Non-Executive Chairman (Committee Chair)

Rob Pitcher 
Chief Executive Officer

Jemima Bird 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

William Tuffy 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

65

The Committee will continue to meet formally at least once a year 
and at such other times as the Board or the Committee Chairman 
requires. The Committee has access to sufficient resources to carry 
out its duties, including the services of the Company Secretary. 
Independent external legal and professional advice is taken if the 
Committee believes it is necessary to do so, this typically being 
related to executive search matters and Board performance 
evaluation.

Election of Directors
On the recommendation of the Committee, per the Articles of 
Association, each of the Company’s serving Directors will stand for 
election at the forthcoming AGM and will subsequently offer 
themselves for re-election on an annual basis. The biographical 
details of the Directors are set out on pages 54 to 55.

Our commitment to supporting equality and diversity has been 
demonstrated by being regularly represented at and actively 
participating in “Women in Hospitality, Travel and Leisure”, which is 
a forum for organisations in our industry sector to collaborate and 
work up tangible actions to improve diversity and inclusion across 
the sector. We have also provided support in the form of hosting 
facilities, including free food and drink, for Plan B mentoring events. 
Plan B mentoring is an initiative organised by a small group of female 
hospitality executives, to prepare senior women executives for 
Board level positions in our sector.

Of 3,591 employees, females represented approximately 49% of the 
workforce in the 52 weeks to 1 July 2023 (2 July 2022: 48%), and 40% 
of the Board of Directors. The Group is committed to continuing to 
develop the potential of its female employees through its training 
programmes and its corporate development pipeline.

Diversity
We pride ourselves on being a diverse and inclusive business. All 
employees are welcomed and treated with respect, regardless of 
their background. We are committed to offering equal opportunities 
for colleagues to develop, progress and grow.

The Committee supports the recommendations outlined in the 
Hampton-Alexander Review “FTSE Women Leaders” and strives 
to increase the number of women on the Board and in other 
senior management positions. The Board endeavours to make 
appointments based on merit and against objective criteria to ensure 
the best individual is appointed for each role and that the appointee 
can add to or complement the existing range of skills and experience 
of the relevant team. However, the Board is also committed to 
equality and acknowledges that it must lead by example. Despite 
some changes in the Executive Management team, following the 
Peach acquisition, the Group has maintained a female majority, 
and as at the end of the reporting period, 50% (2022: 50%) of the 
positions at Board and senior management level were female. This 
represents a significant step forward towards gender equality and 
the Board believes that appointing females to these key positions 
will help drive change throughout the Group.

Diversity also encompasses background, ethnicity and disability. 
The Board is fully committed to the principles of equality and 
diversity throughout the business and recognises that there is more 
to achieve in this area. During the year, we continued our Diversity & 
Inclusion strategy, focused solely on driving the right behaviours 
and actions across every part of the business. We have created a 
D&I Board represented by individuals across the workforce to bring 
a voice to our colleagues and have invested significant training 
resource to ensure that everyone understands and is fully engaged 
with the principles.

Gender pay gap
The Group published its April 2022 Gender Pay Gap analysis in early 
2023. The Group was pleased to see further improvements and is 
committed to closing the gap further. The latest report can be 
downloaded from our corporate website at www.
revolutionbarsgroup.com

I hope to be able to take any questions from shareholders on the 
work of the Nomination Committee at the Annual General Meeting 
on 30 November 2023.

Keith Edelman
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
16 October 2023

Governance

Page Title

66

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Audit committee report

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to introduce the report of the Audit Committee for the 
52 weeks ended 1 July 2023.

Best practice recommends that all members of the Committee be 
Non-Executive Directors, independent in character and judgement 
and free from any relationship or circumstance which may, could or 
would be likely to, or appear to, affect their judgement and that at 
least one such member has recent and relevant financial experience. 
Accordingly, the Committee comprises all three independent 
Non-Executive Directors including me as Committee Chairman, 
considered by the Board to have recent and relevant financial 
experience due to my previous experience as an Audit Committee 
chair in another publicly listed company, in other senior financial 
roles, and my FCA and FCCA qualifications.

AUDIT committee
03
02

I have over 35 years’ experience in senior general and financial 
management roles in Retail, FMCG and property investment and 
management and have been involved with business transformation 
and turnaround projects in companies ranging from large multi-
nationals to mid-sized businesses and start-ups. I have also held 
non-Executive positions, including four years at Beale plc, during 
which I was initially senior independent Director and then Non-
Executive Chairman. Whilst at Beale plc, I served as chair of both 
audit and remuneration committees. I have solid experience in retail 
and many other complementary sectors and am therefore suitably 
experienced to lead the Committee.

Committee members

Meetings in 2023

Regular Committee meetings are also normally attended by the 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and our external 
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”). The Chief Financial 
Officer, who is also the Company Secretary, acts as secretary to the 
Committee. Other members of management, particularly senior 
financial managers, may be invited to attend depending on the 
matters under discussion.

The Committee meets at least twice a year at the appropriate times in 
the reporting and audit cycle and seeks also to ensure that twice per 
annum there is an opportunity for meeting with the external auditors 
without members of management present. The Committee was set 
up by the Board to assist it with its responsibilities in respect of 
financial reporting, including reviewing annual and half-year results, 
external auditing, internal controls, and advising on the 
independence and appointment of the external auditors.  

Committee membership 

William Tuffy 
Independent Non-Executive Director (Committee Chair)

Keith Edelman 
Non-Executive Chairman

Jemima Bird 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

67

Role and responsibilities

The Committee’s terms of reference can be found on the Group’s 
website or may be obtained from the Company Secretary. The 
primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in 
fulfilling its responsibilities to protect the interests of shareholders 
as to the integrity of financial reporting, audit, risk management 
and internal controls. In doing so the Committee shall act in a way 
which would be most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and in so doing 
have regard (amongst other matters) to:

• 

• 

• 

the likely long-term consequences of any decision;

the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and 
the environment;

the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for 
high standards of business conduct; and

•  any other matters required to be considered in accordance with 

section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

External Audit

•  Audit tender process: The Committee oversees the exercise 

of undertaking a tender for external audit services as required. 
The last such tender was in 2018.

•  Appointment, reappointment and dismissal of auditor: Taking 
into account the obligations noted above, the Committee 
considers and makes recommendations to the Board, to be put 
to the shareholders for approval at the AGM, regarding the 
appointment and reappointment or dismissal of the external 
auditors. The Committee oversees the selection process of 
new auditors and ensures that all firms participating in the 
tender process are given access to such information and 
individuals as may be appropriate. If an auditor resigns the 
Committee investigates the circumstances and decides 
whether any action is required.

•  Remuneration of auditor: The Committee approves the 
remuneration and terms of engagement, including an 
engagement letter, ensuring that the level of fees is appropriate 
to enable an effective and high-quality audit to be conducted. 
The Committee reviews the audit fees annually and also 
considers any other fees proposed in respect of non-audit 
activities, particularly in relation to the impact this may have on 
independence, taking into account the relevant regulations and 
ethical guidance on the subject.

• 

Independence of auditor: The Committee, at least annually, 
reviews and satisfies itself with the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor, in consideration of relevant 
UK professional and regulatory guidelines. The Committee 
satisfies itself that there are no relationships such as family 
employment or financial investment, or other business 
arrangements between the Group and the auditor, other than in 
the ordinary course of business and also monitors the auditor’s 
compliance with relevant ethical and professional guidance on 
the rotation of senior statutory auditors, the level of fees paid 
by the Company compared to the overall fee income of the firm, 
office, partner and other related requirements.

See page 84 for more

The Committee routinely reviews the impact of any upcoming 
changes in accounting treatment as a result of new or modified IFRS 
that are likely to materially impact the Group and also reviews as a 
matter of course any matters considered by the external auditors to 
be of significant audit risk.

PwC was appointed as the Group’s external auditors on 29 January 
2018; the period under review represents their sixth year of audit. 
The Committee is satisfied that PwC has undertaken its 
responsibilities as the Group’s external auditors to a high standard 
and therefore the Committee will be recommending that PwC be 
reappointed as auditors at the 2023 Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”). The PwC senior statutory auditor responsible for the Group 
is Jonathan Studholme, who became the Group’s senior statutory 
auditor for the first time in FY22 following Randal Casson’s 
retirement.

During the year, the Directors continued to assess the following 
key areas:

•  Board governance, including the Committee and the procedure 

for assessing the Group’s key risks;

•  management accounting processes to ensure that high-quality 

information is provided to the Board;

•  external financial reporting procedures and audit arrangements 
and reporting standards, as well as the appropriateness of going 
concern conclusions and stress testing;

•  complex transactions, and the accounting for a number of unique 

circumstances, including the acquisition of Peach Pubs;

• 

information systems; and

•  budgeting and forecasting procedures and controls.

The Directors recognise the need to maintain robust financial 
reporting procedures, review them on a continuing basis and 
adapt them to changing circumstances. Their review forms part of 
the Committee’s agenda going forward together with its wider role 
and responsibilities, which are set out in more detail in this report.

I hope to be able to take any questions from shareholders at the AGM 
on 30 November 2023, at which the Annual Report will be approved, 
to answer any questions on the work of the Audit Committee.

Assessing effectiveness of external audit process
Whilst the Committee does not rely solely on the work of the external 
auditors, it regards the breadth and quality of the work performed by 
the external auditors as contributing significantly to several of the 
Committee’s objectives, particularly regarding assurance relating to 
the accuracy and reliability of its external reporting. For that reason, 
planning meetings are held with the external auditors to review their 
proposed work programmes and any recommendations made by the 
external auditors are reviewed in depth, as are their findings from 
their review of the interim and year-end financial statements. The 
Committee meets to discuss the performance of the external auditors 
and to consider priority areas for future work.

For the auditors to be fully effective, they must be totally 
independent from the Company. To that end, the Committee 
intends to ensure that no other work is performed by the external 
auditors so that their independence is not compromised. There 
were no non-audit services provided in the current or prior year.

Governance

68

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Audit committee report continued

Role & responsibilities continued

External Audit

•  Audit effectiveness: The Committee reviews the effectiveness 
of the external audit process, taking account of relevant UK 
professional and regulatory requirements.

•  Employment of former employees of auditors: The Committee 
recommends to the Board a policy on the employment of 
former employees of the auditors and monitors implementation 
of this policy.

•  Audit qualifications: The Committee annually assesses the 
qualifications of the auditors, their expertise and resources, 
as well as the effectiveness of the audit process.

•  Coordination with internal audit: The Committee seeks to 

ensure coordination of internal audit activities alongside the 
external audit.

•  Audit planning: The Committee meets regularly with the 
auditors including at the planning stage for the year-end, 
where the scope of the audit and the annual audit plan are 
considered in relation to areas of high risk based on business 
developments and performance in the year and post the 
detailed audit work and prior to finalisation of the financial 
statements. The Committee reviews the findings of the audit 
and discusses any major issues arising during the audit, any 
relevant accounting and audit judgements, the levels of errors 
identified during the audit and the effectiveness of the audit. 
The Committee also discusses any matters the auditors wish to 
raise (in the absence of management, if appropriate). 
The Committee ensures that any representation letters, 
management letters and responses from management are 
reviewed and acted upon.

Financial Statements

• 

Integrity of financial statements: The Committee monitors the 
integrity of the financial statements by a process of reviewing 
and challenging, as appropriate:

 ― the consistency of or changes to accounting practices and 

policies across the Group including going concern;

 ― the methods used to account for significant or unusual 

transactions where different approaches may give materially 
different outcomes;

 ― whether the Group has followed appropriate accounting 

standards and made appropriate estimates and judgements, 
and considering the views of the external auditor; and

 ― the clarity of disclosure in the Company’s financial 

statements and the corporate governance statement,

and reports to the Board if it is not satisfied with any aspect of 
the proposed financial statements.

•  Significant issues and judgements: The Committee reviews 
and may report to the Board for ratification of significant 
financial reporting issues and critical judgements contained 
in the financial statements, particularly if the auditors have 
expressed any uncertainty or concerns.

•  Other statements containing financial information: The 

Committee reviews other statements containing financial 
information where a review prior to Board approval is 
practicable and consistent with any prompt reporting 
requirements under any law or regulation including the 
AIM Regulations.

•  Annual Financial Statements: The Committee reviews the 
content of the annual financial statements and advises the 
Board on whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy, and whether it informs the Board’s 
statement in the Annual Report on these matters as required 
under the Code.

Other Matters

•  Corporate Governance: The Committee gives due 

consideration to laws and regulations, the provisions of the 
UK’s Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Guidelines for Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies (the 
“QCA Code”) and the requirements of the AIM Regulations and 
any other applicable rules, as appropriate.

•  Whistleblowing: The Committee reviews the Group’s 

procedures for handling allegations from whistleblowers and 
ensures that these arrangements allow for proportionate and 
independent investigation of such matters and appropriate 
follow up. The Committee reviews the Company’s procedures 
for detecting fraud and the systems and controls for the 
prevention of bribery and receives reports of non-compliance.

•  Training: The Committee is provided with appropriate and 

timely training, both in the form of an induction programme for 
new members and on an ongoing basis for all members.

•  S172 CA2006: The Committee assists the Board in relation 

to preparing the statement required to be published annually 
describing how the Directors have had regard to the matters 
set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

•  Performance review: The Committee arranges for periodic 

reviews of its own performance, and, at least annually, reviews 
its constitution and terms of reference, to ensure that it is 
operating at maximum effectiveness and recommends any 
changes that it considers necessary to the Board for approval.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

69

Meetings and attendance
During the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023, the Audit Committee met 
formally on two occasions, with all members attending. At all of the 
meetings, the Committee had access to the external auditors without 
management present.

Work performed by the Committee during the financial period has 
included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing the annual financial statements for 2022 and 
recommending to the Board its adoption as fair, balanced and 
understandable. In fulfilling this task, the Committee reviewed the 
process undertaken to produce the Annual Report and Accounts 
2022, which included internal verification processes and content 
approval procedures;

reviewing the Group’s accounting policies and critical judgements 
and sources of estimation and uncertainty including the 
appropriateness of going concern;

reviewing the designation of certain items of income and 
expenditure as Exceptional and the appropriateness of alternative 
performance measures;

reviewing compliance with and explaining any exceptions from 
the QCA Code;

reviewing the independence and objectivity of PwC as external 
auditor, together with its effectiveness, following the 2022 audit 
and recommending its appointment to shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting in December 2022;

reviewing the auditor’s comments during FY23 planning;

reviewing and approving the external audit plan for the 52 weeks 
ended 1 July 2023;

•  approving the appointment of PwC as external auditors of the 

newly acquired Peach Pubs companies;

• 

receiving the external auditor’s reports to the Committee and 
acting on any recommendations therein; and

•  considering the risk assessment, mitigation actions and assurance 

activities produced by management.

Internal audit
The Group does not have an internal audit function and to date has 
considered that the key risks to the business are covered by a 
combination of resources including its compliance department, 
stock-takers and area managers.

The Group’s compliance department is responsible for managing 
many of the principal risks facing the business concerning alcohol 
licensing and health and safety. Their work is supported by external 
consultants and as part of these arrangements annual contracts are 
in place to provide at least two audit visits per annum to every trading 
venue by fully qualified health and safety advisers. Additionally, the 
Group’s compliance department monitors and acts on any matters 
relating to cash and stock losses.

The Group employs third-party consultants to obtain accurate stock 
valuations on all of its licensed premises. A central loss prevention 
team assessed the information and provides targeted reporting to 
mitigate loss. Each bar’s stock is counted on average between six 
and eight times per annum. Stock-take results are reviewed by both 
operational and compliance management immediately when the 
results become available.

An important element of the area manager’s role is to perform spot 
checks on stocks, licensing and health and safety matters, as part of 
their regular site visits. The area manager assessments are used, 
amongst other things, for performance assessing general managers; 
poor scores relating to these matters and brand standards reduce 
the bonus earnings potential of a bar’s management team.

Upon acquisition, Peach had similar processes in place to the above. 
The central team are in the process of ensuring consistent processes 
across all brands in the Group to provide a high-quality function as 
well as synergies.

Risk Committee
To strengthen and complement the Audit function, a Risk Committee 
is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and comprises several 
members of the senior management team including the Heads of 
Compliance, Property, Operations, Food, IT, Finance and People. 
The purpose of the Committee, which is not a Board committee, is:

• 

• 

• 

to identify, mitigate and prevent risk as far as possible;

to protect the financial, physical and reputational image of the 
business;

to ensure that the Group fulfils its legal and statutory obligations; 
and

• 

to ensure visibility and transparency over controls.

The Committee’s terms of reference are available from the 
Company Secretary and can be found on the Company’s website 
at www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

The key activities of the Committee during the period have been:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

to monitor the audits carried out by the external consultants and 
to ensure any critical issues identified have been rectified in a 
timely function;

to monitor health and safety standards in bars including 
compliance certification, reviews of updated risk assessments, 
and compliance with all matters concerning food safety;

to review serious incidents involving colleagues or guests to 
ensure that all lessons are learned and that any necessary 
improvements to controls and procedures to prevent a recurrence 
are acted upon;

to ensure the Company adheres strictly to the licensing objectives 
to protect all premises’ licences;

to monitor the risks surrounding sustainability and the 
environment and ensure the Group’s sustainability agenda is 
being applied thoughtfully and with the support of the Group’s 
Net Zero partners;

• 

to ensure that all changes in relevant legislation and policies are 
identified and acted upon in a timely manner; and

• 

to review insurance policies and coverage.

Governance

70

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Audit committee report continued

•  Going concern: The Committee recognises that with the degree 

of uncertainty in the trading outlook, and notwithstanding that the 
business has a level of liquidity that under normal circumstances 
would be more than adequate to allow going concern sign-off 
of the financial statements, it is right to reference material 
uncertainty when considering going concern statements. 
Detailed descriptions are given with regard to the Board’s 
assumptions on its base case forecast scenario as well as a 
severe but plausible downside forecast scenario so that users 
of the accounts are able to understand the trading backdrops 
that would likely require a further injection of liquidity over and 
above that which is currently committed. The Committee has 
carefully studied the assumptions relating to both sets of 
projections and believes that they are sensible and appropriate 
to the circumstances.

The Committee reviewed reports presented by PwC detailing its key 
audit findings in relation to the above matters.

William Tuffy
Chair of the Audit Committee
16 October 2023

Significant accounting matters
In reviewing the financial statements with management and the 
external auditor, the Committee has discussed and debated the 
critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty as set out in note 1 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

As a result of its review, the Committee has identified the following 
items that require particular judgement or have significant impact on 
the interpretation of the Annual Report and Accounts for 2023:

•  Recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment and 

right-of-use assets: The Group keeps the carrying value of its 
fixed assets under review. Formal procedures are used in each 
external reporting period to assess the appropriateness of the 
balance sheet asset carrying values. Impairment calculations are 
based upon assumptions that were considered reasonable as at 
the balance sheet date. However, given the timing to publishing 
the financial statements, additional disclosures are given in note 1 
to the financial statements to provide an understanding of the 
charges that would have resulted had the current outlook been 
apparent at the balance sheet date. The Committee has 
considered and approved the assumptions regarding trading 
outlook at both the balance sheet date and at the date of signing 
the accounts, as well as scrutinised all resultant impairment 
charges. The Committee has also approved a dilapidations 
provision to recognise that amounts may be payable on the 
expiration of lease terms if the Group is unable or unwilling to 
extend the lease on agreeable terms.

•  Exceptional items: Exceptional items of £20.2 million 

(2022: £0.6 million) represent a material item in the profit and loss 
account, and have seen a significant increase in the year following 
the acquisition of Peach Pubs and the associated costs, as well as 
significant impairments arising. The Committee considered the 
appropriateness of presenting these items as exceptional.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

71

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Annual Statement
Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board, 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

directors’ 
remuneration

Committee members

03
06

Meetings in 2023

Committee membership 

Jemima Bird 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director  
(Committee Chair)

Keith Edelman 
Non-Executive Chairman

William Tuffy 
Independent Non-Executive Director

As an AIM-listed company, we are not required to comply with 
the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, or the 
requirements of Schedule 8 (Quoted Companies Directors 
Remuneration Report) as amended by the provisions of The 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Report) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410) (the 
“Regulations”) or the UK Corporate Governance Code. 
However, noting the Company has chosen to comply with the 
UK’s Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Guidelines for Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies (the 
“QCA Code”), the Board considers it appropriate for the 
Company to provide shareholders with additional information 
in respect of executive remuneration where appropriate.

As such, this report is divided into three sections, being:

•  This Annual Statement, which summarises the work of the 
Committee, remuneration outcomes in FY23 and how the 
Remuneration Policy will be operated for FY24;

•  The Remuneration Policy Report, which summarises the 
current Company’s Remuneration Policy, which remains 
unchanged from last year; and

•  The Annual Report on Remuneration, which details how 
the Remuneration Policy was implemented in FY23 and 
how the Policy will operate for FY24.

Governance

Page Title

72

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Committee activities in FY23
The Committee met six times during the year. The Committee’s main 
activities were to:

• 

review the Chairman’s fee and the framework and policy for the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors and other members of 
the Executive Committee;

•  advise on the design of, and to determine and agree, the total 
individual remuneration package of each of the Executive 
Directors and other members of the Executive Committee, giving 
due regard to any relevant legal requirements, the provisions and 
recommendations set out in the prevailing Code and the AIM 
Rules and associated guidance;

•  consider and approve the design of, and targets for, the annual 
bonus for FY23 and share schemes operated for the Executive 
Directors and other members of the Executive Committee, 
including the proposed process for settlement of the 2020 
Restricted Share Awards;

•  oversee and approve interim payment of the FY22 bonus scheme 

and continue review of final payment; and

•  oversee remuneration and benefit structures and policies 

throughout the Group’s business and to give advice on any 
major changes.

The Committee’s terms of reference are available from the Company 
Secretary and can be found on the Company’s website at  
www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

Shareholder feedback
The Committee is committed to consulting with its major 
shareholders and the main shareholder representatives, both when 
material changes are being made to the Remuneration Policy and in 
respect of the implementation of the Policy.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank shareholders for their 
continued support, and I look forward to your approval of our 
Directors’ Remuneration Report at the forthcoming AGM.

Jemima Bird
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
16 October 2023

Performance and reward in relation  
to the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023
After strong trading in FY22, Hospitality has faced further 
unprecedented challenges under the cost-of-living crisis on both 
trade and cost pressures. Management have significantly focused on 
careful cost management and mitigation through internal processes 
and review of supplier contracts in order to protect profits.

The acquisition of Peach Pubs in October 2022 helps mitigate the 
impacts on our previously predominantly young guest base, bringing 
a new range of diverse and more affluent guests to our pubs and 
bars. This also aids when the weather is hot and sunny which the 
United Kingdom has experienced in recent years.

We are pleased with early signs of cost pressures returning to more 
normal levels, such as energy costings, but continue to monitor 
ongoing events carefully.

Implementation of the policy in FY23
No annual bonus awards were made to the Chief Executive Officer 
(“CEO”) or Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) in respect of the year 
ended 1 July 2023 and no share awards vested in respect of the 
three-year performance period ended 1 July 2023.

Implementation of the policy in FY24
In respect of operating the Remuneration Policy in FY24:

•  no changes, aside from a cost-of-living increase, are planned 

for base salaries of the Executive Directors, benefits, or pension 
provisions. Any new executive Board appointments would receive 
a workforce-aligned pension provision;

•  annual bonus provision for FY24 will be capped at 100% of salary 
for Executive Directors with a majority based on sliding scale 
profit-related targets and a minority based on strategic targets. 
While the profit and strategic targets are currently commercially 
sensitive, details of the targets and performance against the 
targets will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration 
Report;

• 

the Committee intends to grant Restricted Share Awards (“RSAs”) 
in line with the Remuneration Policy which will:

 ― be set at no more than 50% of salary for the CEO and 40% of 
salary for the CFO (with lower levels cascaded below Board);

 ― vest after three years from the grant date, subject to continued 

employment, satisfactory individual performance and a 
positive assessment against a performance underpin. No 
shares can be disposed of by Executive Directors until at least 
five years from grant, other than those required to settle any 
taxes directly related to the vesting of those shares.

Further details in respect of the RSA grant for 2023 are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration:

•  shareholding guidelines will continue to operate at 200% of 

salary; and

•  no changes were made to the fees for the Chairman and 

Non-Executive Directors for FY24.

Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

73

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

This section sets out a summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”) which applies to the Chairman, Executive Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors and which remains unchanged from last year.

Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors

element

base salary

To attract and retain key 
individuals. To reflect the 
relevant skills and 
experience in the role.

pension

To provide cost-effective, 
yet market-competitive, 
retirement benefits.

benefits

operation

opportunity

performance metrics

Salaries will normally be reviewed 
annually taking into account 
performance, experience, 
responsibilities, relevant market 
information and the level of 
workforce pay increases.

A broad-based assessment 
of individual and Group 
performance is considered 
as part of any salary review.

Annual increases will usually be 
commensurate with those of the 
wider workforce. Further increases 
may be considered if there are 
significant changes in 
responsibility or scope of the role, 
sustained increase in the size of 
the business, or if there are 
significant movements in market 
rates. New joiners, where pay is 
initially set below market levels, 
may benefit from larger increases 
as their salary is progressed 
towards the market rate based on 
their development in the role.

Contribution to a personal pension 
arrangement or cash in lieu of 
pension by way of a salary 
supplement.

Set at market-competitive levels for 
Executive Directors. The maximum 
contribution will be up to 15% of 
salary. Only basic annual salary is 
pensionable.

Not applicable.

To provide benefits that 
assist Directors in the 
performance of their roles 
and are designed to be 
competitive and cost 
effective.

Car and fuel allowance for 
Executive Directors, private health 
insurance and life insurance cover. 
Other benefits may be offered (e.g. 
relocation) where considered 
appropriate.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

annual bonus plan

To motivate Executive 
Directors and incentivise the 
achievement of key financial 
and strategic goals and 
targets over the financial 
period.

Based on the achievement of 
performance metrics measured at 
Group level. Bonus is paid wholly 
in cash. Malus and clawback 
provisions operate.

Maximum bonus potential is 100% 
of salary for the Executive 
Directors. The Remuneration 
Committee retains discretion to 
withhold or reduce a bonus even if 
the objectives have been met.

Stretching performance 
conditions based on 
financial performance of the 
Group and personal 
strategic objectives which 
reflect key business drivers. 
The majority (if not all) of any 
bonus will be determined by 
financial measures with only 
a minority being paid for 
achieving threshold 
performance levels.

Governance

74

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

element

operation

opportunity

performance metrics

restricted share awards (“RSA”)

To encourage a long-term 
focus and aligns the 
interests of Executive 
Directors with shareholders.

Up to 100% of salary.

Awards will normally vest after 
three years from grant and, once 
vested, its vested shares may not 
normally be sold until at least five 
years from the grant date (other 
than to pay relevant taxes). 
Dividends equivalents may accrue 
over the vesting period and any 
holding period but only to the 
extent awards vest. Malus and 
clawback provisions operate.

Vesting will be subject to: 
(i) continued employment; 
(ii) satisfactory personal 
performance during the 
relevant vesting periods; and 
(iii) a positive assessment of 
performance against an 
underpin. In addition, the 
Remuneration Committee 
may reduce the extent to 
which an award vests if it 
believes this better reflects 
the underlying performance 
of the Company over the 
relevant period.

executive share ownership

To align Executive Directors’ 
and shareholders’ interests.

Whilst employed, all Executive 
Directors are expected to hold an 
investment of at least 200% of base 
salary in the Company using 50% of 
net share awards which vest under 
the Company’s share plans. The 
post-employment shareholding 
policy is described below.

200% of salary.

Not applicable.

Post-employment shareholding policy
The Remuneration Committee’s post-employment shareholding policy for Executive Directors is as follows:

•  Unvested share awards will be treated in line with the good leaver/bad leaver provisions as per the prevailing Remuneration Policy;

•  Any share awards which vested pre-cessation of employment, but which are still subject to a two-year holding period will need to be 

retained by the individual (either on a post-tax basis or as unexercised awards), post cessation of employment, until the relevant two-year 
holding period has expired; and

•  No restrictions will apply in respect of own shares held, irrespective of whether those shares are held as part of the shareholding guideline 

or not.

Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors

executive share ownership

To attract and retain 
high-calibre Non-Executive 
Directors. To set 
remuneration by reference 
to the responsibilities and 
time commitment 
undertaken by each 
Non-Executive Director.

Not applicable.

Fee levels are reviewed on a 
periodic basis and are set based on 
expected time commitments and 
responsibilities and in the context 
of the fee levels in companies of a 
comparable size and complexity. 
The Remuneration Committee sets 
the fee for the Non-Executive 
Chairman, whereas fees for the 
Non-Executive Directors are set by 
the members of the Board, 
excluding the Non-Executive 
Directors.

Any increase in fees may be above 
those of the wider workforce (in 
percentage terms) in any particular 
year, reflecting the periodic nature 
of any review and/or changes to 
time commitments and/or 
responsibilities. In exceptional 
circumstances, if there is a 
temporary yet material increase in 
the time commitment for Non-
Executive Directors, the Board may 
opt to pay additional fees to 
recognise the additional workload.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

75

Annual Report on Remuneration

Composition of the Remuneration Committee (unaudited)
The Committee currently consists of Jemima Bird (Committee Chair), Keith Edelman and William Tuffy. None of the Committee has any 
personal financial interest (other than as a shareholder), conflicts of interest from cross-directorships, or day-to-day involvement in the running 
of the business.

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) may be invited to attend meetings, although are not present when 
matters affecting their own remuneration is discussed. The Company Secretary or their nominee acts as secretary to the Committee.

The Committee receives independent remuneration advice from FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) on aspects of senior executive 
remuneration. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and is a signatory to its code of conduct. FIT has no connection with 
Revolution Bars Group plc other than in the provision of advice on executive remuneration. The terms of engagement are available from the 
Company Secretary on request.

Implementation of the remuneration policy in the 52 weeks ending 1 July 2023 (unaudited)
Base Annual Salary

Current Executive Director salary levels are as follows:

Role

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Director

From 1 April 2023

From 1 April 2022

% Increase

Rob Pitcher

Danielle Davies

£369,210

£237,885

£367,710

£236,385

0.4%

0.6%

Consistent with the cost-of-living base salary increases awarded to the general workforce, Executive Directors received a £1,500 increase 
from 26 March 2023.

Annual Bonus

Annual bonus provision for FY24 will continue to be capped at 100% of salary for Executive Directors with a majority based on sliding scale 
profit-related targets and a minority based on strategic targets. While the profit and strategic targets are currently commercially sensitive, 
details of the targets and performance against the targets will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Share Awards

The Committee intends to grant Restricted Share Awards (“RSAs”) in 2023 in line with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders in 
2020 which will:

•  be set at no more than 50% of salary for the CEO and 40% of salary for the CFO (with lower levels cascaded below Board); and

•  vest after three years from the grant date, subject to continued employment, satisfactory individual performance and a positive 

assessment of performance against an underpin (i.e. the Committee must be satisfied that Revolution’s underlying performance and 
delivery against its strategy and recovery plans is sufficient to justify the level of vesting having regard to such factors as the Committee 
considers to be appropriate in the round (including revenue, earnings and share price performance) and the shareholder experience more 
generally (including the risk of windfall gains)). No shares can be disposed of by Executive Directors until at least five years from grant, 
other than those required to settle any taxes directly related to the vesting of those shares.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees and incentives

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors received the same cost-of-living increase of £1,500 awards to the general workforce from 
26 March 2023. No other changes were made to Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees.

Governance

76

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Directors’ remuneration for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 (audited)

Fees/Salary

Taxable 
Benefits1

Pension2

Total  
Fixed  
Benefits

Annual  
Bonus3

Long-term 
Incentives4

Total  
Variable 
Benefits

Executive Directors

Rob Pitcher

Danielle Davies

2023

2022

2023

2022

Non-Executive Directors

Keith Edelman

Jemima Bird

William Tuffy

Aggregate 
emoluments

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

 2022

368

358

237

230

93

91

42

39

42

39

782

757

18

18

13

16

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

31

34

49

49

7

7

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

56

56

435

425

257

253

93

91

42

39

42

39

869

847

–

221

–

 142 

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

175

334

90

172

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

175

555

90

314

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

Total 

610

980

347

567

93

91

42

39

42

39

–

363

265

506

265

869

1,134

1,716

1 

Taxable benefits comprise medical insurance policies and car allowances.

2  Rob Pitcher and Danielle Davies received a pension provision/salary supplement of 15% and 3% of salary respectively.

3  Details of the annual bonus awards for FY23 are set out below. As set out in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report, bonuses equating to 95% of salary were awarded to Executive 
Directors in FY23 in respect of the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2022. 60% of this has been paid to date, shown in the 2022 rows above, with the remaining amount still due to be paid.

4  Based on the five-day average prior to issue face value of Restricted Share Awards granted to Executive Directors on 25 October 2022 in respect of 2023 (see below) and 23 

November 2021 in respect of 2022.

Annual bonus (audited) for FY23
As a result of performance in the year, annual bonus awards of 0% of salary were awarded to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief 
Financial Officer (“CFO”).

Page Title 
 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

77

Share awards granted in FY23 (audited)
The following share awards were granted to Executive Directors in the 52 weeks to 1 July 2023:

Executive

Rob Pitcher

Danielle Davies

Type of Award

Exercise Price 
 (p)

Number of 
Awards Granted

Basis of Award

Face Value1

RSA

RSA

0.1

0.1

1,798,621 50% of salary

925,005

40% of salary

£175,078

£90,040

1 

Based on a share price of 9.7 pence being the five-day average prior to the grant date.

The awards, which were granted on 25 October 2022, will vest and become exercisable on the later of: (i) three years from the date of grant, 
being 25 October 2025; and (ii) the preliminary announcement of the results for FY25. Vesting will be subject to the Remuneration Committee 
being satisfied that the Group’s underlying performance and delivery against its strategy and plans is sufficient to justify the level of vesting 
having regard to such factors as the Remuneration Committee considers to be appropriate in the round (including, inter alia, revenue, earnings 
and share price performance) and the shareholder experience more generally (including windfall gains).

Outstanding executive share awards (audited)

Executive 
Director

Rob Pitcher

Danielle 
Davies

Total

Scheme

Grant Date

Exercise Price 
(p)

No. of Shares 
at 2 July 2022

Granted during 
the year 
Number

Vested during 
the year 
Number

Lapsed during 
the year 
Number

No. of Shares 
at 1 July 2023

Vesting Date

PSP

RSA

RSA

RSA

RSA

RSA

RSA

23.10.19

24.12.20

23.11.21

25.10.22

24.12.20

23.11.21

25.10.22

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

531,269

475,759

1,519,149

–

–

–

–

1,798,621

2,526,177

1,798,621

244,676

781,277

–

–

–

925,005

1,025,953

925,005

3,552,130

2,723,626

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(531,269)

–

23.10.22

–

–

–

475,759

24.12.23

1,519,149

23.11.24

1,798,621

25.10.25

(531,269)

3,793,529

–

–

–

–

244,676

24.12.23

781,277

23.11.24

925,005

25.10.25

1,950,958

(531,269)

5,744,487

 
 
 
Governance

78

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Payments made for loss of office and payments to past Directors (audited)
No payments were made for loss of office and no payments were made to past Directors.

Directors’ interests and shareholding guidelines (audited)
The following table shows Directors’ interests in the Company:

Director

Rob Pitcher

Danielle Davies

Keith Edelman

William Tuffy

Jemima Bird

Beneficially 
owned at  
1 July 2023  
Number

Outstanding 
Share Awards 
Number

1,500,000

3,793,529

305,993

370,000

100,000

7,500

1,950,958

– 

– 

– 

Outstanding 
Share Awards 
under All 
Employee 
Share Plans  
Number

Total Interest in 
Shares  
Number

Shareholding as 
a % of Base 
Salary at  
1 July 2023

Prospective 
Shareholding*  
as a % of Base 
Salary at  
1 July 2023

–

–

– 

– 

– 

5,293,529

2,256,951

370,000

100,000

7,500

25%

8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

55%

32%

n/a

n/a

n/a

*   The Prospective Shareholding shows the position if all outstanding options to date were to mature at the current share price at current salaries, applying the “net of tax” equivalent 

number which assumes shares would be sold to pay the tax impact.

Executive Directors are expected to build and then hold shares equal in value to at least 200% of base salary in Company shares. 50% of any 
awards which vest under the Company’s LTIPs (net of any taxes due) must be retained until the requirement has been met. The table above 
shows Directors’ interests in shares and the percentage of the guideline held as at 1 July 2023.

The shareholding counting towards the measurement of the guideline is based on legally owned shares. The percentage of guideline met is 
based on the annual base salary and the higher of the acquisition cost of the shareholding or its current market value. Once an Executive 
Director meets the required holding, the Executive Director is only required to purchase additional shares equivalent to the value of any 
increase in base salary.

Approval
This report was approved by the Remuneration Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Jemima Bird
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
16 October 2023 

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

79

Directors’ Report

Introduction
The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited 
consolidated financial statements of the Company and Group for 
the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023. This Directors’ Report includes 
additional information required to be disclosed under the Companies 
Act 2006 and the QCA Code. Certain information required to be 
included in the Directors’ Report is included in other sections of this 
Annual Report as follows:

• 

• 

• 

the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 53 sets out a review of the 
Group’s business during the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 and the 
financial position of the Group at the end of that period to enable 
shareholders to assess how the Directors have performed their 
duty under section 172 of the Companies Act. The Strategic 
Report also describes the principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group, provides a fair review of the Group’s business at the 
end of the financial period and an indication of likely future 
developments in the business;

the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 57 to 62; and

related party transactions as set out in note 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

This Directors’ Report together with the Strategic Report set out on 
pages 2 to 53 represents the “Management Report” for the purpose 
of compliance with the DTR 4.1.5R.

Results and dividend
The Group’s results for the year are shown in the statement of 
comprehensive income on page 90. The Directors are not 
recommending a final dividend in respect of the 52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 (2022: nil pence per share issued). There was no interim 
dividend during the period (2022: nil pence per share), and thus the 
total dividend for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 is nil pence per 
share (2022: nil pence per share).

Share capital and related matters
The Company has only one class of share and the rights 
attached to each share are identical. Details of the rights and 
obligations attaching to the shares are set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Association, which are available from the Company 
Secretary and can also be found on the Company’s website  
www.revolutionbarsgroup.com under investor relations and 
shareholder information. The Ordinary Shares are listed on the 
official list and are traded on AIM as at the date of this report. 
The Company may refuse to register any transfer of a share which is 
not a fully paid share. At a General Meeting of the Company, every 
member has one vote on a show of hands, and on a poll one vote 
for each share held. Details of the voting procedure, including 
deadlines for exercising voting rights, are set out in the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting 2023.

At 1 July 2023, the issued share capital of the Company was 
230,048,520 Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each.

Powers of the Directors
The Directors may exercise all powers on behalf of the Group 
including, subject to obtaining the required authority from the 
shareholders in General Meeting, the power to authorise the issue 
of new shares and the purchase of the Company’s shares. During the 
year, the Directors have not exercised any of the powers to purchase 
shares in the Company.

Restrictions on transfer
There are no general restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary Shares 
in the Company other than in relation to certain restrictions imposed 
from time to time by laws and regulations (for example, insider trading 
laws).

The Company has in place certain share incentive plans; details of 
these can be found on page 77. As at the financial period end on 
1 July 2023 and up to the date of this report, 3,793,529 share options 
have been granted to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, 
Rob Pitcher, and 1,950,958 share options have been granted to the 
Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Danielle Davies.

Directors
The Directors of the Company and their biographies are set out 
on pages 54 to 55. Their interests in the Ordinary Shares of the 
Company are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
page 78.

Appointment and removal of Directors
Directors may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the Company or 
by the Board. All Directors will stand for re-election on an annual 
basis in line with the recommendations of the QCA Code. In addition 
to any powers of removal conferred by the Companies Act 2006, the 
Company may by special resolution remove any Director before the 
expiration of their period of office.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to indemnify the 
Directors of the Company against liabilities arising from or in 
connection with the execution of their duties or powers to the extent 
permitted by law. The Group had Directors’ and officers’ indemnity 
insurance in place throughout the year and at the date of approval of 
the financial statements. The Group has entered into a qualifying 
third-party indemnity (the terms of which are in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006) with each of the Directors. Neither the 
indemnity nor insurance provides cover in the event that a Director or 
officer is proved to have acted fraudulently.

Transactions with related parties
Details of the transactions entered into by the Group with parties 
who are related to it are set out in note 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements. There were no material transactions with 
related parties during the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023.

Governance

80

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Directors’ Report continued

Change of control
The provisions of the Group’s share incentive plans may cause 
options and awards granted to employees under such plans to vest 
on a change of ownership of the Group. The Group does not have 
agreements with any Director that would provide compensation for 
loss of office or employment resulting directly from a change of 
its ownership.

Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Association
The Company may alter its Articles of Association by special 
resolution passed at a General Meeting of shareholders.

Political donations
The Group has not made in the past, nor does it intend to make in 
the future, any political donations.

Going concern
Going concern

The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing 
these financial statements after careful assessment of identified 
principal risks and, in particular, the possible adverse impact on 
financial performance, specifically on revenue and cash flows, as a 
result of ongoing inflationary cost rises, and associated impact on 
consumer confidence. The going concern status of the Company and 
subsidiaries is intrinsically linked to that of the Group.

Liquidity

At the end of the reporting period, the Group had net bank debt of 
£21.6 million (2022: net cash of £4.1 million). At the start of FY23, the 
Group held a £16.3 million Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) which was 
fully unutilised, with £14.8 million total outstanding in CLBILS term 
loans which continued to amortise. The total facility was refinanced 
on 10 October 2022, through which a new RCF was committed at a 
total facility level of £30.0 million expiring October 2025.

The RCF was sought with the purposes of repaying all other 
indebtedness, general working capital requirements, and for the 
acquisition of Peach Pubs. All outstanding CLBILS term loans were 
repaid on 13 October 2022, with just the RCF making up total 
facilities going forwards.

In March 2023, an amendment was made to the facility to hold a 
£1.35 million Energy Guarantee for the purposes of signing a new 
energy contract. A further amendment was made in October 2023 
such that all originally agreed reductions in total facility level be 
deferred to 30th June 2025, meaning at that date the £30.0 million 
facility will reduce by £5.0 million to a £25.0 million facility. All 
profitability-based covenants were waived until June 2025, and the 
minimum liquidity covenant was amended to link to management 
severe but plausible downside case forecasts. The requirement for a 
signed covenant certificate by the auditors was also waived for FY23 
and FY24.

In accordance with the updated amendments, the Group will 
therefore have committed funding facilities available during the  
going concern assessment period as shown in the table below. 

30 June 2023

31 December 2023

30 June 2024

31 December 2024

Energy 
Guarantee
£m

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.35

RCF
£m

28.65

28.65

28.65

28.65

Total 
Facility
£m

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

Current Net debt and available liquidity

As at 15 October 2023, the Group’s net bank debt position was 
£23.2 million and therefore the Group has available liquidity of 
£5.4 million.

Covenants

The facility’s profitability-based covenants were waived in the year, 
with only a minimum liquidity covenant remaining that was amended 
to link to management severe but plausible downside case forecasts. 
The minimum liquidity covenant is built into long-term forecasting to 
allow Management to review and manage covenant compliance. 

Significant judgements and base case

The financing arrangements referred to in this going concern section 
are expected to provide a sufficient platform for the business to meet 
the challenging trading conditions that face the UK Hospitality 
industry this year, including softened guest confidence, higher input 
and energy costs, as well as potentially reduced Christmas footfall 
compared to pre-pandemic levels due to the impact of increased 
cost-of-living, with some price increases assumed to mitigate the 
earnings impact of these challenges.

The level of sales that the Group generates drives EBITDA and cash 
generation, which in turn drives compliance with the minimum 
liquidity covenant test. In reaching their assessment that the 
financing arrangements are expected to be sufficient for the 
business, the Directors have reviewed a base case forecast scenario 
which assumes a continued impact of the cost-of-living crisis on the 
business, with rises in sales following a particularly tough FY23 
impacted by ongoing cost pressures, mitigated by delivery of 
synergies post-acquisition. Under the base case forecast, liquidity is 
sufficient and there is no forecast breach of the minimum liquidity 
covenant.

Severe but plausible downside scenario

The Directors have also reviewed a severe but plausible downside 
case which takes the base case and assumes a sales decline from 
FY23 actual performance, with a small improvement at Christmas 
accounting for some rail strikes should they continue. Pub 
performance is assumed at a reduction, equivalent to no further 
synergies being delivered. Softer trading is then continued into 
FY25. No further Government assistance is assumed, and Capex is 
further reduced compared to the original Board-approved budget 
prepared May-June 2023. The severe but plausible downside case 
shows sufficient liquidity and no forecast breach of the minimum 
liquidity covenant, but at certain points of the year operates at a very 
tight headroom.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

81

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) of the Company will take place 
on 30 November 2023. The Notice of Annual General Meeting is set 
out in the explanatory circular that accompanies these financial 
statements.

Financial risk management, objectives and policies
The Group is exposed to certain financial risks, including interest rate 
risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. Information regarding such financial 
risks is detailed in note 24. The Group’s risk management policies 
and procedures and principal risks and mitigations can be found on 
pages 28 to 30.

Independent auditors and disclosure of information 
to auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) have expressed their 
willingness to be reappointed as independent auditors of the 
Company. In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 
2006, a resolution for the reappointment of PwC as independent 
auditors of the Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming 
General Meeting on 30 November 2023.

By order of the Board

Danielle Davies
Company Secretary
16 October 2023

The material uncertainty caused by ongoing inflationary cost rises, 
the associated impact on consumer confidence, and forecasting 
difficulties as a result of the constantly changing economic 
environment means that the Group cannot be assured that it will not 
breach the minimum liquidity covenant. A breach of covenant would 
require the bank to grant a waiver or for the Group to renegotiate its 
banking facilities or raise funds from other sources, none of which is 
entirely within the Group’s control. A breach of the covenant would 
also result in the reclassification of non-current borrowings to current 
borrowings. The Group has a strong relationship with its banking 
partner, and monitors covenant compliance closely.

Going concern statement

The continued cost-of-living narrative and economic effects including 
the impact on consumer confidence means that a material 
uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These factors 
impact the Group’s operational performance and in particular the 
level of sales and EBITDA generated that will in turn determine the 
Group’s covenant compliance.

Notwithstanding the material uncertainty, after due consideration the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the 
Company have sufficient resources to continue in operational 
existence for the period of 12 months from the date of approval of 
these financial statements. Accordingly, the financial statements 
continue to be prepared on the going concern basis. The financial 
statements do not contain the adjustments that would arise if the 
Group and the Company were unable to continue as a going concern.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always 
fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant 
concerned. In the event of members of staff becoming disabled 
every effort is made to ensure that their employment with the Group 
continues and that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy of 
the Group that the training, career development and promotion of 
disabled persons should, as far as possible, be identical to that of 
other employees.

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its 
employees and has continued to keep them informed on matters 
affecting them as employees and on the various factors affecting 
the performance of the Group. This is achieved through formal 
and informal meetings, newsletters distributed by email and virtual 
briefings using Teams software. Employee representatives are 
consulted regularly on a wide range of matters affecting their 
current and future interests. In addition, certain employees receive 
an annual bonus related to the overall profitability of the Group.

Governance

82

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Statement of directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the financial statements

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report 
is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Group’s and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

• 

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

Rob Pitcher 
Chief Executive Officer 
16 October 2023

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the Group and the Company financial statements in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting 

standards have been followed, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 

unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company 
will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Page Title 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

83

I am confident that the strong  
leadership, cost focus, and delivery  
of synergies will continue to drive 
performance and navigate us 
through the continued  
challenging environment.
Keith Edelman

Non-Executive Chairman

Financial Statements

84

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Independent auditors’ report to the  
members of Revolution Bars Group plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion, Revolution Bars Group plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 1 July 2023 and of the group’s loss and the group’s 

and company’s cash flows for the 52 week period then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the 

provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Company statements of financial position as at 1 July 2023; the Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income, the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity, and the Consolidated and Company statements of 
cash flow for the period then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Material uncertainty related to going concern
In forming our opinion on the financial statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure made in note 1 to 
the group financial statements and note 1 to the company financial statements concerning the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern. There is uncertainty due to ongoing inflationary cost rises and the associated cost of living crisis, which is impacting on 
consumer confidence particularly in the hospitality industry. This, coupled with forecasting difficulties as a result of the constantly changing 
economic environment means that the group cannot be assured that it will not breach the covenant, due to the very tight headroom on this 
covenant at certain points of the forecast period in the severe but plausible downside scenario. A breach of covenant would require the bank 
to grant a waiver or for the group to renegotiate its banking facilities or raise funds from other sources, none of which is entirely within the 
group’s control. In addition, the going concern status of the company is intrinsically linked to that of the group. These conditions, along with 
the other matters explained in those notes to the financial statements, indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast 
significant doubt about the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include the 
adjustments that would result if the group and the company were unable to continue as a going concern.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of 
the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  we obtained management’s forecasts and information, which included the ongoing impact of the cost-of-living crisis;

•  we evaluated the process by which the group’s future cash flow forecasts were prepared;

•  we assessed and challenged management as to the reasonableness of the key assumptions in the going concern model, including the 

forecast sales and cost assumptions over at least the next 12 months;

•  we obtained the terms of the group’s financing facility and the covenants in place in relation to this facility, and determined that the group 

cash flow forecasts show compliance with all covenant conditions;

•  we agreed the opening position of the group’s cash flow forecasts to the August 2023 management accounts. We also agreed the gross 

debt and cash per the August 2023 management accounts to the group’s bank statements; and

•  we evaluated the appropriateness of the severe but plausible cash flow forecast used in management’s determination of the going 
concern basis of preparation, which included an assessment of any key assumptions underpinning the cash flows throughout the going 
concern period.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope
•  Our audit scope includes four components to support the group and company audit report. All components are managed by the same 

finance team and operate entirely within the UK. Full scope audits were performed on four trading entities within the group, which together 
comprise 97 percent of revenue and 98 percent of loss before tax.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

85

Our audit approach continued
Overview continued

Key audit matters
•  Material uncertainty related to going concern (group and company)
• 
•  Fair value of assets and liabilities recognised on the acquisition of The Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited and its subsidiaries 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset (group)

(“Peach”) (group)Recognition of supplier rebates (group)
Impairment of investments and intercompany receivables (company)

• 

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £1,144,000 (2022: £263,000) based on 0.75% of revenue (2022: 2.5% of Adjusted EBITDA, on an IFRS 16 basis 

less lease payments).

•  Overall company materiality: £430,000 (2022: £237,000) based on 1% of total assets (2022: 1% of total assets, capped at approximately 

90% of the overall materiality for the group).

•  Performance materiality: £858,000 (2022: £197,250) (group) and £322,500 (2022: £177,750) (company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

In addition to going concern, described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section above, we determined the matters 
described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Fair value of assets and liabilities recognised on the acquisition of The Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited and its subsidiaries (“Peach”) is 
a new key audit matter this year. Recognition of supplier rebates and the Impact of COVID-19, which were key audit matters last year, are no 
longer included because of the reduction of supplier rebates as a proportion of overall materiality and the reduced impact of COVID-19 in the 
year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset (group)

Refer to page 70 of the Audit Committee Report and 
notes 1 and 12 of the Notes to the consolidated financial 
information. 

The property, plant and equipment balance of £36,161k 
and right-of-use asset balance of £67,706k has been 
tested for impairment during the period. Testing has 
been performed at a cash generating unit level, which 
has been assessed as an individual venue. The 
impairment tests performed, which are based on a 
value in use calculation, identified an impairment 
charge of £18,738k, of which £6,096k relates to 
property, plant and equipment and £12,642k relates to 
right-of-use assets, which has been recognised as an 
exceptional item during the period. 

We focused on this area as the assessment of 
impairment of property, plant and equipment and right 
of use assets requires the use of estimates in the value 
in use calculation, including future forecast cash flows, 
a discount rate and long-term growth rate. In addition, 
the classification of items as exceptional also requires 
the use of judgement.

To review the impairment assessment performed by the Directors’ based on a 
value in use model, we performed the following:

•  we evaluated and assessed the process by which the group’s future cash 

flow forecasts were prepared;

•  we assessed the reasonableness of the forecast cash flows, including 

assessing the revenue and costs included in those forecasts, based on our 
understanding of the group;

•  we tested the Directors’ historical budgeting accuracy by evaluating whether 

previous budgets had been achieved. Where budgets had not been 
achieved, we understood the reasons why;

•  we tested the Directors’ key assumptions for long-term growth rates outside 
the budget period, by comparing them to forecast inflation rates in the UK;

•  we considered the discount rate by forming our own independent 

expectation, using internal experts, of what we would consider to be an 
appropriate range; and

•  we considered whether the charge recognised in respect of impairment 

should be recognised as an exceptional item, and, given the magnitude of 
the charge, concurred that the presentation as exceptional was appropriate.

Based on our work performed, we concluded that the carrying values of these 
assets have been appropriately reduced to their recoverable amounts as at 
1 July 2023 and that appropriate disclosures have been made in the financial 
statements.

Financial Statements

86

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Independent auditors’ report to the  
members of Revolution Bars Group plc continued
Report on the audit of the financial statements

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value of assets and liabilities recognised on the acquisition of The Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited and its 
subsidiaries (“Peach”) (group)

Refer to notes 1 and 11 of the Notes to the consolidated 
financial information. 

To review the fair value adjustments prepared by management we performed 
the following:

During the period ended 1 July 2023, the group has 
acquired 100% of the share capital of The Peach Pub 
Company (Holdings) Limited and its subsidiaries 
(“Peach”). The group has recognised fair value 
adjustments totalling £7,051k, which generates £17,491k 
of goodwill on the acquisition. 

We have focused on these adjustments as there is 
estimation uncertainty in relation to the valuation of the 
assets and liabilities acquired and the resulting 
goodwill, as well as judgement in relation to the 
completeness of the adjustments included within the 
calculation.

•  we understood and evaluated management’s controls over acquisition 
accounting and performed walkthroughs to evaluate the design and 
operating effectiveness of these controls;

•  we verified the existence of assets and liabilities included in the goodwill 

calculation;

•  we tested the completeness of the adjustments applied and ensured they 

are in line with the group’s accounting policies;

•  we considered management’s identification of intangible assets and 

assessed this for completeness; and

•  we assessed management’s significant judgements and estimates in relation 

to the fair value adjustments recognised.

Based on our work performed, we concluded that the fair value adjustments are 
appropriate and that appropriate disclosures have been made in the financial 
statements.

Impairment of investments and intercompany receivables (company)

Refer to notes 1 and 5 of Notes to the Company 
financial information. 

To review the impairment assessment performed by the Directors’, based on 
value in use model, we performed the following:

The company holds an investment balance on the 
Company statement of financial position of £15,650k. 
This investment is in the trading subsidiaries of the 
group. Management have performed a value-in-use 
assessment, to calculate the recoverable amount of the 
investment. The impairment test performed, identified 
an impairment charge of £14,000k, which has been 
recognised as an exceptional item during the period. 
Additionally the company holds £27,419k of amounts 
owed from subsidiary undertakings which is net of an 
expected credit loss (“ECL”) of £6,855k. 

We focused on these areas as both the assessments 
are judgemental and require the use of estimates.

•  we evaluated and assessed the process by which the group’s future cash flow 

forecasts were prepared;

•  we assessed the reasonableness of the forecast cash flows, based on our 

understanding of the group;

•  we tested the Directors’ key assumptions for long-term growth rates outside 
the budget period, by comparing them to forecast inflation rates in the UK;

•  we considered the discount rate by forming our own independent 

expectation, using internal experts, of what we would consider to be an 
appropriate range;

•  we assessed carrying value against the level of the market capitalisation of 

the group; and

•  we assessed management’s ECL calculation and provision.

Based on our work performed, we concluded that the recoverable amount 
supports the carrying value of the investment and intercompany receivables as 
at 1 July 2023 and that appropriate disclosures have been made in the financial 
statements.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

87

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

Our audit scope includes four components to support the group and company audit report. All components are managed by the same finance 
team and operate entirely within the UK. Full scope audits were performed on four trading entities within the group, which together comprise 97 
percent of revenue and 98 percent of loss before tax.

The impact of climate risk on our audit

As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the group’s and 
company’s financial statements, and we remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any indicators of the impact of climate risk. Our 
procedures did not identify any material impact as a result of climate risk on the group’s and company’s financial statements.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on 
the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – Group

Financial statements – Company

Overall materiality

£1,144,000 (2022: £263,000).

£430,000 (2022: £237,000).

How we determined it

0.75% of revenue (2022: 2.5% of Adjusted EBITDA, on 
an IFRS 16 basis less lease payments)

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Revenue is a key measure used both internally by the 
Board and, we believe, through reading Directors’ 
presentations to analysts, externally by shareholders 
in evaluating the performance of the group. Due to the 
large volatility seen in adjusted EBITDA over recent 
years, and continued pressure on margins as a result 
of the ongoing cost of living crisis and rising inflation, 
we have determined that revenue is more reflective of 
the trading volumes of the newly enlarged group.

1% of total assets (2022: 1% of total assets, capped at 
approximately 90% of the overall materiality for the 
group)

Total assets is considered to be appropriate as it is not 
a profit oriented company. The company holds 
investments in subsidiaries and therefore total assets 
is deemed a generally accepted auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £427,000 and £1,030,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit 
materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our 
performance materiality was 75% (2022: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £858,000 (2022: £197,250) for the group financial 
statements and £322,500 (2022: £177,750) for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount in the middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £57,000 (group 
audit) (2022: £13,000) and £21,500 (company audit) (2022: £11,850) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

Financial Statements

88

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Independent auditors’ report to the  
members of Revolution Bars Group plc continued
Report on the audit of the financial statements

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information, which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we  
do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 
2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report for 
the period ended 1 July 2023 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be  
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

89

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit continued
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to UK tax legislation, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. 
We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We 
evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override  
of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue or manipulate 
EBITDA, and management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  discussions with management including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;

• 

reviewing relevant meeting minutes, including those of the Board of Directors;

•  auditing the tax computations to ensure compliance with tax legislation

•  challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to the fair 
value adjustments recognised on the acquisition of Peach and the recoverability of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use asset, 
investments and intercompany receivables (see related key audit matters);

• 

identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations to increase revenue or 
manipulate EBITDA; and

•  designing audit procedures to incorporate unpredictability around the nature, timing or extent of our testing.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• 

the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Jonathan Studholme (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Manchester

16 October 2023

Financial Statements

90

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Consolidated statement of profit or loss  
and other comprehensive income
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating (expenses)/income:

– operating expenses, excluding exceptional items

– exceptional items

– grant income

Total operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance expense

(Loss)/profit before taxation

Income tax

(Loss)/profit and total comprehensive (expense)/income for the period

(Loss)/earnings per share:

– basic (pence)

– diluted (pence)

Dividend declared per share (pence)

Note

2

3 

3

4

5

8

9

10

10

52 weeks ended
1 July 2023
£’000

52 weeks ended
2 July 2022
£’000

152,551

(35,419)

117,132

(112,039)

(20,244)

–

(132,283)

(15,151)

(7,056)

(22,207)

(27)

(22,234)

(9.7)

(9.3)

–

140,821

(30,695)

110,126

(102,721)

(561)

568

(102,714)

7,412

(5,280)

2,132

–

2,132

0.9

0.9

–

There were no items of other comprehensive income and therefore a separate statement of other comprehensive income is not presented.

Page Title 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

91

Consolidated statement  
of financial position
at 1 July 2023

Assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Tax payable

Net current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Provisions 

Total liabilities

Net liabilities

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Note

1 July 2023
£’000

2 July 2022
£’000

12

12

13

11

14

15

16

17

18

20

17

18

19

20

22

36,161

67,706

30

17,419

121,316

3,405

11,448

3,367

18,220

139,536

(31,720)

(7,087)

(871)

(27)

(39,705)

(21,485)

(118,236)

(25,000)

(1,967)

(145,203)

(184,908)

(45,372)

230

33,794

11,645

(91,041)

(45,372)

36,375

62,744

28

–

99,147

3,487

8,777

18,815

31,079

130,226

(30,618)

(5,437)

(1,314)

–

(37,369)

(6,290)

(99,545)

(14,751)

(1,582)

(115,878)

(153,247)

(23,021)

230

33,794

11,645

(68,690)

(23,021)

The financial statements on pages 90 to 119 were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 October 2023 and signed on its behalf by

Danielle Davies
Director

Registered number: 08838504

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

92

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

At 3 July 2021

Profit and total comprehensive income for the period

Charge arising from long-term incentive plans (note 23)

At 2 July 2022

Loss and total comprehensive expense for the period

Credit arising from long-term incentive plans (note 23)

Reserves

Share  
Capital  
£’000

230

–

–

Share  
Premium
£’000

33,794

–

–

Merger 
Reserve 
£’000

11,645

–

–

230

33,794

11,645

–

–

–

–

–

–

Accumulated 
Losses  
£’000

Total  
Equity  
£’000

(70,899)

(25,230)

2,132

77

(68,690)

(22,234)

(117)

2,132

77

(23,021)

(22,234)

(117)

At 1 July 2023

230

33,794

11,645

(91,041)

(45,372)

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

93

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

Cash flow from operating activities 

(Loss)/profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Finance expense

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of right-of-use assets

Lease modification

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of intangibles

Taxation charge

(Credit)/charges arising from long-term incentive plans

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

Net cash flow generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Cost of acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flow used in investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Interest paid

Principal element of lease payments

Interest element of lease payments

Repayment of subsidiary borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Drawdown of borrowings

Net cash outflow used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents

Reconciliation of net bank (debt)/cash

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash inflow from increase in borrowings

Cash outflow from repayment of borrowings

Opening net bank cash/(debt)

Closing net bank (debt)/cash

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

Note

(22,207)

2,132

8 

12 

12

3

3

3

3

12

9

23

11

13

12

8 

18

18

16

7,056

6,634

5,423

6,096

12,642

(50)

1,499

5

27

(117)

17,008

584

(543)

(6,936)

(443)

9,670

(10,689)

(7)

(5,533)

(16,229)

(1,895)

(6,432)

(4,885)

(5,926)

(25,751)

36,000

(8,889)

(15,448)

18,815

3,367

(15,448)

(36,000)

25,751

4,064

 (21,633)

5,280

5,630

5,437

261

376

(76)

–

3

–

77

19,120

(532)

(3,559)

10,170

650

25,849

–

(7)

(8,321)

(8,328)

(917)

(4,544)

(4,363)

–

(1,000)

–

(10,824)

6,697

12,118

18,815

6,697

–

1,000

(3,633)

4,064

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

94

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the consolidated financial information
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

1.  General information
Corporate information

The consolidated financial statements of Revolution Bars Group plc for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 were authorised for issue by the 
Board of Directors on 16 October 2023. Revolution Bars Group plc is a public limited company whose shares are publicly traded on the 
Alternative Investment Market (“AIM”) of the London Stock Exchange and is incorporated in the United Kingdom and registered in England 
and Wales.

The registered number of the Group is 08838504 and its registered office is 21 Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyne, Tameside, England, OL6 6LA.

Statement of compliance

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under those standards, and they apply to the financial 
statements of the Group for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 (prior period 52 weeks ended 2 July 2022).

Basis of preparation

The accounting period runs to the Saturday falling nearest to 30 June each year and therefore normally comprises a 52-week period but with 
a 53-week period arising approximately at five-year intervals. The period ended 1 July 2023 is a 52-week period; the period ended 2 July 
2022 was a 52-week period.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention in accordance with those parts of the 
Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). References to 2023 or 
FY23 relate to the 52-week period ended 1 July 2023 and references to 2022 or FY22 relate to the 52-week period ended 2 July 2022 unless 
otherwise stated. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling with values rounded to the nearest thousand, 
except where otherwise indicated. These policies have been applied consistently unless otherwise stated.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Revolution Bars Group plc and its subsidiaries. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company with adjustments made to their financial 
statements to bring their accounting policies in line with those used by the Group.

The financial results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial information from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases. The consolidated financial information presents the results of the companies within the same group. Intra-group balances 
and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated 
financial information. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of 
impairment.

Judgements made by the Directors in the application of these accounting policies that have a significant effect on the financial statements 
and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next period are discussed below.

Going concern

Going concern
The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements after careful assessment of identified principal 
risks and, in particular, the possible adverse impact on financial performance, specifically on revenue and cash flows, as a result of ongoing 
inflationary cost rises, and associated impact on consumer confidence. The going concern status of the Company and subsidiaries is 
intrinsically linked to that of the Group.

Liquidity
At the end of the reporting period, the Group had net bank debt of £21.6 million (2022: net cash of £4.1 million). At the start of FY23, the Group 
held a £16.3 million Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) which was fully unutilised, with £14.8 million total outstanding in CLBILS term loans which 
continued to amortise. The total facility was refinanced on 10 October 2022, through which a new RCF was committed at a total facility level of 
£30.0 million expiring October 2025.

The RCF was sought with the purposes of repaying all other indebtedness, general working capital requirements, and for the acquisition of 
Peach Pubs. All outstanding CLBILS term loans were repaid on 13 October 2022, with just the RCF making up total facilities going forwards.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

95

1. GENERAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
GOING CONCERN CONTINUED

Liquidity continued
In March 2023, an amendment was made to the facility to hold a £1.35 million Energy Guarantee for the purposes of signing a new energy 
contract. A further amendment was made in October 2023 such that all originally agreed reductions in total facility level be deferred to 30th 
June 2025, meaning at that date the £30.0 million facility will reduce by £5.0 million to a £25.0 million facility. All profitability-based covenants 
were waived until June 2025, and the minimum liquidity covenant was amended to link to management severe but plausible downside case 
forecasts. The requirement for a signed covenant certificate by the auditors was also waived for FY23 and FY24.

In accordance with the updated amendments, the Group will therefore have committed funding facilities available during the going concern 
assessment period as shown in the table below

30 June 2023

31 December 2023

30 June 2024

31 December 2024

Energy 
Guarantee
£m

1.35

1.35

1.35

1.35

RCF
£m

28.65

28.65

28.65

28.65

Total
 Facility
£m

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

Current Net debt and available liquidity
As at 15 October 2023, the Group’s net bank debt position was £23.2 million and therefore the Group has available liquidity of £5.4 million.

Covenants
The facility’s profitability-based covenants were waived in the year, with only a minimum liquidity covenant remaining that was amended to 
link to management severe but plausible downside case forecasts. The minimum liquidity covenant is built into long-term forecasting to allow 
Management to review and manage covenant compliance. 

Significant judgements and base case
The financing arrangements referred to in this going concern section are expected to provide a sufficient platform for the business to meet 
the challenging trading conditions that face the UK Hospitality industry this year, including softened guest confidence, higher input and 
energy costs, as well as potentially reduced Christmas footfall compared to pre-pandemic levels due to the impact of increased cost-of-living, 
with some price increases assumed to mitigate the earnings impact of these challenges.

The level of sales that the Group generates drives EBITDA and cash generation, which in turn drives compliance with the minimum liquidity 
covenant test. In reaching their assessment that the financing arrangements are expected to be sufficient for the business, the Directors have 
reviewed a base case forecast scenario which assumes a continued impact of the cost-of-living crisis on the business, with rises in sales 
following a particularly tough FY23 impacted by ongoing cost pressures, mitigated by delivery of synergies post-acquisition. Under the base 
case forecast, liquidity is sufficient and there is no forecast breach of the minimum liquidity covenant.

Severe but plausible downside scenario
The Directors have also reviewed a severe but plausible downside case which takes the base case and assumes a sales decline from FY23 
actual performance, with a small improvement at Christmas accounting for some rail strikes should they continue. Pub performance is 
assumed at a reduction, equivalent to no further synergies being delivered. Softer trading is then continued into FY25. No further Government 
assistance is assumed, and Capex is further reduced compared to the original Board-approved budget prepared May-June 2023. The severe 
but plausible downside case shows sufficient liquidity and no forecast breach of the minimum liquidity covenant, but at certain points of the 
year operates at a very tight headroom.

The material uncertainty caused by ongoing inflationary cost rises, the associated impact on consumer confidence, and forecasting difficulties 
as a result of the constantly changing economic environment means that the Group cannot be assured that it will not breach the minimum 
liquidity covenant. A breach of covenant would require the bank to grant a waiver or for the Group to renegotiate its banking facilities or raise 
funds from other sources, none of which is entirely within the Group’s control. A breach of the covenant would also result in the reclassification 
of non-current borrowings to current borrowings. The Group has a strong relationship with its banking partner, and monitors covenant 
compliance closely.

 
Financial Statements

96

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the consolidated  
financial information continued
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

1. General information continued
Going concern continued

Going concern statement
The continued cost-of-living narrative and economic effects including the impact on consumer confidence means that a material uncertainty 
exists that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These factors impact the Group’s 
operational performance and in particular the level of sales and EBITDA generated that will in turn determine the Group’s covenant 
compliance.

Notwithstanding the material uncertainty, after due consideration the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the 
Company have sufficient resources to continue in operational existence for the period of 12 months from the date of approval of these 
financial statements. Accordingly, the financial statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis. The financial statements do 
not contain the adjustments that would arise if the Group and the Company were unable to continue as a going concern.

(a) Accounting policies

Revenue recognition
Revenue is the fair value of goods and services sold to third parties as part of the Group’s trading activities, net of discounts. Revenue 
primarily arises from the sale of food and beverage in the Group’s trading outlets and is recognised at the point of delivery to the customer. 
Other Revenue relates to photobooth income, retail sales, commission, accommodation sales, rental and gaming income which is also 
recognised at the point of delivery of product or service to the customer.

Party deposits are held as deferred revenue until the date of event, at which point it is recognised as revenue. A provision is held for the Peach 
loyalty scheme based on expected future usage of non-expired points.

Expenses
Cost of sales
Cost of sales principally comprises the purchase cost of drinks and food sold.

Supplier rebates
Supplier rebates are recognised as a deduction from cost of sales on an accruals basis using the contractual terms and volumes supplied up 
to the statement of financial position date for each relevant supplier contract. Where rebates are conditional on long-term minimum volumes, 
management judgement is applied as to the achievement of those volumes. Accrued rebates receivable as at the date of the statement of 
financial position are included within trade and other receivables. Listing fees are earnt for stocking particular brands; where received on 
conditional, contractual terms the amounts are recognised over the term.

Financing income and expenses
•  Financing expenses comprise interest payable on borrowings and other finance charges.

• 

Interest income and interest payable are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income on an 
accruals basis, using the effective interest method.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax is also recognised 
directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or credit receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 
the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination; and differences 
relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax 
provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Operating segments
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, 
including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

97

1. GENERAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
(A) ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Segment information is based on internal reports regularly reviewed by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in order to 
assess each segment’s performance and to allocate resources to them. The CODM is the Board (see note 2). Information is presented to the 
CODM on a group basis as all brands materially offer the same services through hospitality. This information can be broken to a more granular 
level as required, but is otherwise considered one segment due to the nature of the business.

Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments and restricted share awards to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are revalued at each reporting period. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting period based on the Group’s estimated number of shares that will vest. This is recognised as an employee expense or credit with 
a corresponding increase or decrease in equity. Fair value is evaluated using the Monte Carlo model for options subject to market-based 
performance conditions and by using the Black-Scholes model for options subject to any other performance condition.

Exceptional items
Items that are unusual or infrequent in nature and material in size are disclosed separately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income. The separate reporting of these items helps, in the opinion of the Directors, to provide a more accurate 
indication of the Group’s underlying business performance. Exceptional items typically include impairments of property, plant and equipment 
and right-of-use assets, venue closure costs, significant contract termination costs and costs associated with major one-off projects. Charges 
related to share-based payment arrangements are not treated as exceptional but are excluded from the calculation of adjusted EBITDA due to 
significant variations in the annual charges/credits historically arising from senior employees with significant options leaving the business and 
changes to the probability of share options vesting.

Bar opening costs
Bar opening costs refer to certain revenue costs incurred in preparing a new bar for opening and include all costs incurred before opening 
and preparing for launch, even if the bar does not open in the reporting period. These costs are excluded from the calculation of adjusted 
EBITDA. The separate reporting of these items helps provide a more accurate indication of the Group’s underlying business performance, 
which the Directors believe would otherwise be distorted due to the irregular timing of the opening of new bars.

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans 
and borrowings and trade and other payables.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Receivables also include credit and debit card sales which have not reached the 
bank at the reporting date.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. Other financial liabilities, including bank loans, are measured initially at fair value, and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances at bank or held in the business and on-call deposits. Bank overdrafts repayable on 
demand and forming an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flow only.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-
bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of Ordinary Shares are recognised as a deduction 
from equity net of any related tax.

Share premium
Share premium is the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose due to the return of share capital related to the sale of a subsidiary business on 22 February 2014.

Financial Statements

98

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the consolidated  
financial information continued
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

1. General information continued
(a) Accounting policies continued

Business combinations
Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is 
measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred 
by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree and any equity interest issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. 
Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the consolidated income statement as incurred.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes contingent consideration, the contingent consideration 
is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in fair 
value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding 
adjustments against goodwill.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition is capitalised and represents the excess of the fair value of consideration over the value of the Group’s 
interest in the identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised but reviewed for 
impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. On disposal 
of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 
Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended 
use.

Depreciation is charged to write-off the cost of assets over their estimated useful lives on the following bases:

Short leasehold premises and improvements  –  Lower of 25 years or the unexpired term of the leasehold agreement on a straight-line  

basis for new bars, and the lower of 10 years or the unexpired term of the leasehold  
agreement on a straight-line basis for refurbishments at existing bars

IT equipment and office furniture 

–  3 to 4 years on a straight-line basis

Fixtures and fittings in licensed premises  

–  5 to 10 years on a straight-line basis

Equipment replaced as part of a refurbishment is capitalised at the appropriate 3-to-10 year category, dependent on asset type.

Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation policies and useful economic lives are reviewed at each statement of financial position date.

Short leasehold costs include directly attributable employment costs and related personal expenses of individuals employed to manage or 
implement the Company’s capital development programme.

Leases
Where the Company is a lessee, a right-of-use asset and lease liability are both recognised at the outset of the lease. Each lease liability 
is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payment obligations taking account of the likelihood of lease extension or 
break options being exercised. Each lease liability is subsequently adjusted to reflect imputed interest, payments made to the lessor and any 
modifications to the lease. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the amount of the lease liability, plus lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments, less any incentives 
received to enter in to the lease, plus any initial direct costs incurred by the Group to execute the lease, and less any onerous lease provision. 
The right-of-use asset is depreciated in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on property, plant and equipment. The amount 
charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss comprises the depreciation of the right-of-use asset and the imputed interest on 
the lease liability.

Impairment of tangible fixed assets and right-of-use assets
At each statement of financial position date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible assets to determine whether there is any 
indication of an impairment loss. The carrying amount of assets that do not directly generate cash flows are allocated to other cash generating 
units (“CGUs”) to which it is related as part of the impairment testing of those CGUs.

Impairment testing is performed by reference to establishing the recoverable amount of an asset. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair 
value less costs to sell, and value in use. In assessing value in use, estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimate 
of future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than the asset’s carrying 
amount, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Page Title 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

99

1. General information continued
(a) Accounting policies continued

Intangible assets
Intangible assets comprise capitalised trademark licences and are recognised at cost. They have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less 
accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis to allocate the cost of intangible assets over their estimated 
useful life of ten years.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value, with due allowance being made for obsolete or slow-moving items. Cost is 
based on the first-in first-out principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and other costs in bringing them to their 
existing location and condition. Cost is stated net of supplier volume rebates. Inventories include a value for small value sundry consumable 
items associated with delivering product to customers. The most significant of these consumables are glassware, cutlery and crockery, sundry 
bar equipment and product garnishes. The initial cost of these items on opening a new bar is attributed to inventory but any ongoing 
expenditure to replace or replenish such items is expensed.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less further costs expected to be incurred prior to sale or disposal.

Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension plans
A defined contribution pension plan is a post-employment benefit plan towards which the Group pays fixed contributions to a separate entity 
as part of an employee’s contractual arrangement whilst they remain in the Group’s employment. The Group has no legal or constructive 
obligation to pay further amounts to such pension plans. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as 
an expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the periods during which services are rendered 
by employees.

Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability 
is recognised for amounts expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus and profit-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation to pay such amounts as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event which can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a post-tax rate that reflects risks specific to the liability.

The Group provides for those costs that are considered to be unavoidable prior to lease termination; dilapidation costs are provided for 
against all leasehold properties across the entire estate.

(b) Critical judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty

The preparation of consolidated financial information in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual 
results in due course may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis and are based on historical experience and other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the revision takes place and in any future periods affected.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation and uncertainty at the date of the statement of financial 
position that have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial 
period are set out below.

Financial Statements

100

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the consolidated  
financial information continued
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

1. General information continued
(b) Critical judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty continued

The Directors consider the principal judgements made in the Financial Statements to be:
Exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments: adjusted profitability measures
Management uses a range of measures to monitor and assess the Group’s financial performance. These measures include a combination of 
statutory measures calculated in accordance with IFRS and alternative performance measures (“APMs”). These APMs include the following 
adjusted measures of profitability:

•  adjusted operating profit before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments;

•  adjusted profit before tax before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments;

•  adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based 

payments (“adjusted EBITDA”);

•  converting profit measures back to IAS 17 from IFRS 16 through the inclusion of rental expense and other relevant adjustments; and

•  adjusted basic earnings per share before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments.

The Directors believe that these measures provide management and investors with useful additional information on the Group’s performance. 
The above measures represent the equivalent IFRS measures but are adjusted to exclude items that the Directors consider may prevent a 
relevant comparison of the Group’s performance both from one reporting period to another and with other similar businesses.

These items are not defined under IFRS and as such there is judgement applied in the classification of items as exceptional. Exceptional items 
are classified as those which are separately identifiable by virtue of their size, nature or expected frequency and therefore warrant separate 
presentation. Bar opening costs are another item that the Directors consider should be presented separately to allow a better understanding 
of the underlying performance of the business. Presentation of these measures is not intended to be a substitute for or to promote them 
above statutory measures.

The Group’s consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income provides a reconciliation of the adjusted profitability 
measures, excluding exceptional and other non-underlying items to the equivalent unadjusted IFRS measures.

Bar opening costs comprise non-recurring bar opening costs, which are costs incurred between a bar being acquired and commencement 
of trading. It predominantly includes property overheads and staff recruitment, payroll and training costs.

Exceptional items and bar opening costs are further detailed in note 3 to the financial statements.

Items considered to be exceptional or bar opening costs that are separately identified in order to aid comparability may include the following:

•  costs incurred in association with business combinations and other transactions, such as legal and professional fees and stamp duty;

•  costs incurred in respect of termination of Director’s contracts; and

• 

impairment charges in respect of tangible assets as a result of bar underperformances.

Charges/credits relating to share-based payments arising from the Group’s long-term incentive schemes are not considered to be exceptional 
but are separately identified due to the scope for significant variation in charges/credits due to changes in senior management and the 
probability of share options vesting amongst other factors.

Fair value adjustments made on acquisition
The Group acquired Peach Pubs in the year and reviewed the acquired balance sheet for appropriate fair value adjustments to reflect the true 
value of assets/liabilities acquired. An element of judgement is applied here as to the Group’s valuation of these balances, and included 
adjustments such as write-down of assets, provisions and alignment of accounting policies.

The Directors consider the principal estimates made in the Financial Statements to be:
Recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (note 12) and goodwill (note 11)
Assets that are subject to depreciation are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated 
recoverable amount. Similarly, an annual impairment assessment on goodwill is conducted as under IFRS this balance is not amortised.

The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the expected 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the rate of 
return expected on an investment of equivalent risk. For an asset that does not generate an independent income stream, the recoverable 
amount is determined in conjunction with the cash generating units (“CGU”) to which the asset relates.

Determining value in use requires a series of estimates to be made including an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value, an 
estimate of the cash flows expected to arise from the CGU (including an assessment of revenue and cost base growth) and a long-term growth 
rate. For further details of the sensitivity of the calculation of impairment provisions to these key assumptions, see note 12.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

101

1. General information continued
(b) Critical judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty continued

The key assumptions in the value in use calculation are the applicable post-tax discount rate of 11.6 per cent (2022: 11.0 per cent) and 
long-term revenue and cost base growth rates of 1 per cent (2022: 1 per cent).

(c) New and amended standards adopted by the Group

The Group has not applied any new or amended standards in the annual reporting period commencing 3 July 2022.

(d) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the reporting period ended 1 July 2023 
and have not been early adopted by the Group. These are not expected to have a material impact upon implementation.

•  Amendments to IFRS 3 the Conceptual Framework

•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle (Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16, IAS 41)

2. Segmental information
The Group’s continuing operating businesses are organised and managed as reportable business segments according to the information 
used by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in its decision making and reporting structure.

The Group’s internal management reporting is focused predominantly on revenue and APM IAS 17 adjusted EBITDA, as these are the principal 
performance measures and drives the allocation of resources. The CODM receives information by trading venue, each of which is considered 
to be an operating segment. All operating segments have similar characteristics and, in accordance with IFRS 8, are aggregated to form an 
“Ongoing business” reportable segment. Within the ongoing business, assets and liabilities cannot be allocated to individual operating 
segments and are not used by the CODM for making operating and resource allocation decisions.

The Group performs all its activities in the United Kingdom. All the Group’s non-current assets are located in the United Kingdom. Revenue is 
earned from the sale of drink and food with a small amount of admission income.

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating (expenses)/income:

– operating expenses excluding exceptional items

– exceptional items

– grant income

Total operating expenses

Operating (loss)/profit

Depreciation is disclosed in note 5.

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

152,551

(35,419)

117,132

(112,039)

(20,244)

–

140,821

(30,695)

110,126

(102,721)

(561)

568

(132,283)

(102,714)

(15,151)

7,412

Bar & Pub Revenue relates to food, drink and admission sales from the Group’s bars and pubs. Other Revenue includes accommodation and 
photobooth income, as well as other smaller revenue streams including rental, commission, gaming and online revenue.

Bar & Pub Revenue

Other Revenue

Revenue

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

149,742

2,809

152,551

139,581

1,240

140,821

 
 
Financial Statements

102

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the consolidated  
financial information continued
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

3. Operating (expenses)/income

Sales and distribution

Administrative expenses

Grant income

Total operating expenses

Exceptional items

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

119,682

12,601

–

132,283

91,696

11,586

(568)

102,714

Exceptional items, by virtue of their size, incidence or nature, are disclosed separately in order to allow a better understanding of the 
underlying trading performance of the Group. Exceptional charges/(credits) comprised the following:

Administrative expenses/(income):

– impairment of right-of-use assets

– impairment of property, plant and equipment

– lease modification

– acquisition costs

– business restructure

Total exceptional items

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

12,642

6,096

(50)

1,499

157

20,244

376

261

(76)

–

–

561

Following implementation of IFRS 16, impairment reviews now also include right-of-use assets relating to leases. The net book value of 
property, plant and equipment at 35 of the Group’s bars and pubs (2022: nine) was written down, including right-of-use asset write-downs 
at 30 bars and pubs (2022: two).

A credit for lease modification was recognised where the respective IFRS 16 creditors had reduced following a reduction in rental amount or 
length of lease. Where a lease modification reduces the scope of a lease, the gain is netted against the related right-of-use asset. Where the 
right-of-use asset is fully impaired, the gain is taken as a credit to exceptional administrative expenses.

Acquisition costs relate to the acquisition of Peach Pubs, and the business restructure predominantly relates to costs involved with the closure 
of bars and finalisation of the 2020 CVA.

Bar opening costs relate to costs incurred in getting new bars fully operational and primarily include costs incurred before the opening and 
preparing for launch, even if the bars do not open in the period. In the 52-week period ended 1 July 2023 no new bars were opened 
(2022: two new bars opened).

Bar opening costs

4. Grant income

Local authority grants

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

–

306

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

–

568

The Government have provided various Local Authority grants to support the hospitality industry, particularly for periods of closure or severe 
restrictions. There have been various rules around claiming these, with the values predominantly based on the rateable value of the 
properties. This income has been recognised as Other Income within operating profit.

Page Title 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

103

5. Operating (loss)/profit
Group operating (loss)/profit is stated after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Impairment of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangibles

Auditors’ remuneration:

– audit fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of these financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for:

– audit of financial statements of subsidiary companies

There were no non-audit fees in the year (2022: none).

6. Staff numbers and costs
The average monthly number of employees during each period, analysed by category, was as follows:

Administrative

Operational

The aggregate payroll costs were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payment (credit)/charge (note 23)

Aggregate payroll costs include £0.3 million (2022: £0.3 million) capitalised as property, plant and equipment.

7. Directors’ remuneration

Aggregate emoluments

Pension contributions to money purchase schemes1

Emoluments in respect of the highest paid Director

Aggregate emoluments

Pension contributions to money purchase schemes1

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

6,634

5,423

6,096

12,642

5

167

233

5,630

5,437

261

376

3

160

103

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
Number

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
Number

136

3,455

3,591

109

2,718

2,827

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

50,911

3,761

1,037

(117)

55,592

47,598

2,993

728

77

51,396

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

1,078

56

1,134

561

49

610

1,297

56

1,353

710

49

759

1 

Includes salary enhancements made in lieu of pension contributions due to pension caps.

Two Directors (2022: two) were enrolled in a defined contribution pension scheme in the period. In addition to the above, £167k (2022: £334k) 
of long-term incentive share options were awarded to the highest paid Director in the period.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

104

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

8. Finance expense

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest payable

9. Income tax
The major components of the Group’s tax credit for each period are:

Analysis of credit in the period

Current tax

UK corporation tax on the (loss)/profit for the period

Deferred tax – Profit and loss account

Origination and reversal of timing differences

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

Factors affecting current tax credit for the period

(Loss)/profit before taxation

(Loss)/profit at standard rate of UK corporation tax (2023: 20.5%; 2022: 19.0%)

Effects of:

– expenses not deductible for tax and other permanent differences

– adjustment in respect of prior periods

– changes in expected tax rates on deferred tax balances

– deferred tax not recognised

Total tax charge/(credit) for the period

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

1,895

5,161

7,056

917

4,363

5,280

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

27

27

–

–

–

27

(22,207)

(4,552)

987

27

–

3,565

27

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,132

405

54

–

145

(604)

–

At 2 July 2023, the Group has carried forward tax losses of £70.7 million (2022: £45.5 million) available to offset against future profits for which 
no deferred tax asset has been recognised (2022: no deferred tax asset recognised).

The Finance Bill 2016 enacted provisions to reduce the main rate of UK corporation tax to 17% from 1 April 2020. However, in the March 2020 
Budget it was announced that the reduction in the UK rate to 17% will now not occur and the Corporation Tax Rate will be held at 19% for the 
years starting 1 April 2020 and 2021. The Group has recognised deferred tax in relation to UK companies at 19% accordingly.

In the March 2021 Budget, it was announced that from 1 April 2023 the Corporation Tax Rate for non-ring-fenced profits will be increased to 
25% applying to profits over £250,000. Companies with profits between £50,000 and £250,000 will pay tax at the main rate reduced by a 
margin relief providing a gradual increase in the effective Corporation Tax rate, and a small profits rate will also be introduced for companies 
with profits of £50,000 or less so that they will continue to pay Corporation Tax at 19%.

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page Title 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

105

10. (Loss)/Earnings per share
The calculation of (loss)/profit per Ordinary Share is based on the results for the period, as set out below.

(Loss)/profit for the period (£’000)

Weighted average number of shares – basic (’000)

Basic (loss)/earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

Weighted average number of shares – diluted (’000)

Diluted (loss)/earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022

(22,234)

230,049

(9.7)

2,132

230,049

0.9

239,838

235,139

(9.7)

0.9

Diluted shares are calculated making an assumption of outstanding options expected to be awards. The associated diluted (loss)/earnings per 
Ordinary Share cannot be anti-dilutive and therefore is capped at the same value as basic (loss)/earnings per Ordinary Share. (Loss)/profit for 
the period was impacted by one-off exceptional costs. A calculation of adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share is set out below.

Adjusted earnings per share

(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before taxation 

Exceptional items, share-based payments and bar opening costs 

Adjusted (loss)/profit on ordinary activities before taxation 

Taxation (charge)/credit on ordinary activities 

Taxation on exceptional items and bar opening costs

Adjusted profit on ordinary activities after taxation 

Basic number of shares (‘000)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted number of shares (‘000)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

(22,207)

20,244

(1,963)

(27)

3,584

1,594

2,132

944

3,076

–

(150)

2,926

230,049

230,049

0.7

1.3

239,838

235,139

0.7

1.2

Taxation on exceptional items and bar opening costs is calculated by applying the standard corporation tax rate of 19% against only taxable 
exceptional items.

11. Business combinations
In the 52-week period ended 1 July 2023, the Group has acquired 100% of the share capital of 12 companies, between them holding 21 pubs, 
which form The Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited group (“Peach”). Acquisition of these shares has led to the control and consolidation 
of these companies as of the date of acquisition, being 18 October 2022, leading to control from the date of acquisition. £1.5 million of 
acquisition costs were incurred which have been recognised as an expense in exceptional items.

As the acquisition occurred mid-accounting period, the Group has taken advantage of the IFRS 3 “Convenience Date”, noting that no material 
changes in amounts were recognised between the date of acquisition and date of consolidation, being 30 October 2022 (the first date of the 
next period after acquisition).

Since acquisition to FY23-end, Peach has generated revenue of £22.6 million and a loss before tax of £(0.1) million. It is not practical to provide 
a proforma as if the acquisition had taken place at the start of the year due to the following:

•  Peach has previously operated a 52-week period on the calendar year, where Revolution Bars Group plc operates a 52-week period from 
the end of June. There would be additional complexity in analysing the information from these variety of dates as well as the acquisition 
date;

•  The acquisition occurred approximately three months into FY23, and is therefore not a significant proportion of the full-year trade. It is not 
expected that providing analysis as if acquired at the start of the year would provide a quantitively or qualitatively material impact for the 
readers;

•  Peach was previously accounted for under FRS 102 UK GAAP, and Management has completed the IFRS conversion as at acquisition. The 
additional work to convert the balance sheet as at the start of the year is not expected to provide significantly different information to that 
as at acquisition;

•  Due to the differing accounting frameworks, as well as differing management of the business pre-acquisition, there have also been a large 
number of accounting policy amendments to bring Peach in line with the Group. Rolling this to the start of the year is also not expected to 
provide meaningful information; and

• 

It is not believed the level of analysis from Management to produce the above analysis would provide truly meaningful information for the 
readers of the financial statements.

Financial Statements

106

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

11. Business combinations continued
Subsidiaries acquired in the 52-week period ended 1 July 2023

Principal activity

Date of acquisition

Total share capital 
acquired

The Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited

Management Company

18 October 2022

The Peach Pub Company Limited

The Peach Pub Properties Limited

Pretty as Peach Limited

Pure Peach Limited

100% Peach Limited

Peach Almanack Limited

Giant Peach Pubs Limited

Peach Paddy Club Limited

Peach County Limited

Peach Melba Limited

Peach on the Water Limited

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

Pub Trading Company

18 October 2022

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Assets acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets and liabilities relating to the acquisition are as follows, as at the consolidation date of 
30 October 2022. The acquisition disclosures have been combined as each acquisition is considered to be individually immaterial to the 
Group. Assets and liabilities have been valued at fair value on acquisition, with the 12-month period of review ending 17 October 2023.

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Goodwill

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Dilapidations provision

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Loans

Lease liabilities

Tax payable

Net assets

Book value of 
assets and 
liabilities 
acquired
£’000

IFRS Conversion 
Adjustments 
£’000

Fair Value 
Adjustments on 
acquisition 
£’000

Fair value of 
assets and 
liabilities 
acquired
£’000

9,145

–

69

368

2,265

4,738

–

–

(6,693)

(5,755)

–

(280)

3,857

–

25,161

–

–

(5)

–

(24,404)

–

–

–

(1,048)

–

(296)

(2,162)

(3,342)

(69)

189

3,753

–

–

(372)

(4,966)

(82)

–

–

(7,051)

6,983

21,819

–

557

6,013

4,738

(24,404)

(372)

(11,659)

(5,837)

(1,048)

(280)

(3,490)

The implementation of IFRS 16 gave rise to newly created right-of-use assets and lease liabilities; in line with IFRS 3, the right-of-use assets 
have been brought on at a value equal to lease liability, adjusted for any known market conditions. These leases relate to the standalone pub 
leases. Impairment reviews of both property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets then gave rise to fair value adjustments to 
accordingly bring the values down. Trade and other receivables and Trade and other Payables above include £3.9 million of intercompany 
balances which net off.

Goodwill arising on acquisition

The enterprise value of £16.5 million was adjusted by a number of balance sheet adjustments resulting in an equity value at completion of 
£13.4 million plus £0.5 million of contingent consideration based on performance that is expected to be fully achieved but not yet paid.

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

107

11. Business combinations continued
The cashflow shows the £13.4 million payment, plus £0.5 million paid out in relation to another contingent consideration that is not expected to 
be realised and thus does not attribute to the investment figure, less cash received on acquisition of £4.7 million.

Consideration

Plus: Fair value of liabilities acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Goodwill  
£’000

13,929

3,490

17,419

The consideration shown within the table above relates to £13.4 million cash consideration for the purchase of the 100% share capital of The 
Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited and its subsidiaries, and £0.5 million of contingent consideration due dependent on the future 
performance of Peach, which is expected to be achieved fully.

Under IFRS, goodwill is not amortised and accordingly an impairment review must be conducted annually. The review is compared to the 
discounted cash flows based on forecasts for the brand. A long-term growth rate has been applied from July 2023 at 1.0 per cent, and the 
post-tax discount rate used was 11.6%; both assumptions are in line with those used for other areas of impairment review in the Group. The 
value-in-use (“VIU”) was then assessed against goodwill and other relevant assets associated with the company including property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use assets; the VIU was greater than goodwill and investment value and accordingly no impairment has been 
recognised. If the post-tax discount rate was increased by 1% this would reduce the VIU by £4.3 million. If the growth rate was reduced by 1% 
this would reduce the VIU by £3.0 million. If both were changed by 1% this would reduce the VIU by £6.7 million. In all sensitivity cases, the VIU 
still exceeds the carrying value of goodwill.

12. Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
Property, plant and equipment 

Cost

At 3 July 2021

Additions

Asset reclassification*

At 2 July 2022

Acquired at 30 October 2022

Additions

At 1 July 2023

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 3 July 2021

Charge for the period

Impairment charges

Asset reclassification*

At 2 July 2022

Charge for the period

Impairment charges

At 1 July 2023

Net book value

At 1 July 2023

At 2 July 2022

At 3 July 2021

Freehold land 
and buildings 
£’000

Short leasehold 
premises  
£’000

Fixtures and 
fittings  
£’000

IT equipment 
and office 
furniture  
£’000

Total  
£’000

151,356

8,321

–

159,677

6,983

5,533

83,888

3,846

(1,059)

86,675

2,103

1,701

56,887

3,881

1,066

61,834

4,463

2,732

9,155

594

(7)

9,742

191

1,100

90,479

69,029

11,033

172,193

(56,740)

(2,626)

(162)

148

(51,033)

(2,436)

(78)

(156)

(8,422)

(568)

(21)

8

(117,411)

(5,630)

(261)

–

1,426

–

–

1,426

226

–

1,652

(1,216)

–

–

–

(1,216)

(59,380)

(53,703)

(9,003)

(123,302)

–

–

(3,001)

(4,649)

(2,938)

(1,214)

(695)

(233)

(6,634)

(6,096)

(1,216)

(67,030)

(57,855)

(9,931)

(136,032)

436

210

210

23,449

27,295

27,148

11,174

8,131

5,854

1,102

739

733

36,161

36,375

33,945

* 

The above Asset reclassifications reflect a reclassification to cost and accumulated depreciation, with a net impact to net book value of nil. This is to align opening cost and 
accumulated depreciation to the consolidated Group basis.

Financial Statements

108

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

12. Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets continued
Right-of-use assets

Cost

At 3 July 2021

Reassessment/modification of assets previously recognised

Additions

At 2 July 2022

Reassessment/modification of assets previously recognised

Additions

At 1 July 2023

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 3 July 2021

Charge for the period

Impairment charges

At 2 July 2022

Charge for the period

Impairment charges

At 1 July 2023

Net book value

At 1 July 2023

At 2 July 2022

At 3 July 2021

Bars & Pubs
£’000

Vehicles  
£’000

Total  
£’000

105,269

1,171

3,342

109,782

1,208

21,819

132,809

(41,318)

(5,348)

(376)

(47,042)

(5,423)

(12,638)

(65,103)

67,706

62,740

63,951

418

–

–

418

–

–

418

(325)

(89)

–

(414)

–

(4)

105,687

1,171

3,342

110,200

1,208

21,819

133,227

(41,643)

(5,437)

(376)

(47,456)

(5,423)

(12,642)

(418)

(65,521)

–

4

93

67,706

62,744

64,044

Please see note 18 for details of lease liabilities.

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets are recognised in operating expenses in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. As at year-end, there was no committed spend for projects.

The Group has determined that for the purposes of impairment testing, each bar and pub is a cash generating unit (“CGU”). The bars and pubs 
are tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” when a triggering event is identified. The recoverable amounts for 
CGUs are predominantly based on value in use, which is derived from the forecast cash flows generated to the end of the lease term 
discounted at the Group’s weighted average cost of capital.

During the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023, the Group impaired the property, plant and equipment of 35 CGUs (2022: nine CGUs) and the 
right-of-use assets of 30 CGUs (2022: two CGUs), either partially or in full, based on the value in use of the CGU being lower than the 
prevailing net book value. When an impairment loss is recognised, the asset’s adjusted carrying value is depreciated over its remaining 
useful economic life.

Impairment testing methodology

At the end of each reporting period, a filter test is used to identify whether the carrying value of a CGU is potentially impaired. This test 
compares a multiple of run rate EBITDA, adjusted for an allocation of central overheads, to the carrying value of the CGU. If this test indicates 
a potential impairment, a more detailed value in use review is undertaken using cash flows based on a Board-approved forecast. These 
forecasts combine management’s understanding of historical performance and knowledge of local market environments and competitive 
conditions to set realistic views for future growth rates. Cash flows beyond this period are extrapolated using a long-term growth rate to the 
end of the lease term. The cash flows assume a 5-year refurb cycle, with an increase in revenue factored after refurbishments for bars based 
on historical refurbishment outcomes.

The Group has previously applied a lower annual earnings multiplier of seven to recognise the adverse trading impact of COVID-19. For the 
current reporting period the Group has applied an earnings multiplier of ten to reflect the reduced risk in the year.

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

109

12. Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets continued
Impairment testing methodology continued

The key assumptions in the value in use calculations are typically the cash flows contained within the Group’s trading forecasts, the long-term 
growth rate and the risk-adjusted post-tax discount. The Budget for FY24 is based on the last twelve months of trade and then accordingly 
adjusted. Standard agreed long-term assumptions are then applied at revenue and cost levels to the end of the lease term. This is deemed the 
most suitable basis at the year-end for considering whether the assets were impaired at the balance sheet date and, therefore, management 
has adopted these assumptions in all of the detailed value in use reviews.

•  The long-term growth rate has been applied from July 2023 at 1.0 per cent (2022: 1.0 per cent).

•  Post-tax discount rate: 11.6 per cent (2022: 11.0 per cent) based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on each of the long-term growth rate and post-tax discount rate assumptions with other variables 
held constant. Increasing the post-tax discount rate by 1 per cent would result in additional impairments of £1.6 million. A 0.1 per cent decrease 
in the long-term growth rate would result in additional impairments of £1.0 million. Applying the most recent performance to the signing date, 
which includes the impact of continued challenging trade over the summer, results in an increase in the impairment charge of approximately 
£2.2 million.

13. Intangible assets

Cost

At 2 July 2022

Additions

At 1 July 2023

Accumulated amortisation

At 2 July 2022

Charge for the period

At 1 July 2023

Net book value

At 1 July 2023

At 2 July 2022

Total  
£’000

33

7

40

(5)

(5)

(10)

30

28

Trademarks are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which is 10 years. Amortisation is charged within operating expenses in the 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

14. Inventories

Goods held for resale

Sundry stocks

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

2,437

968

3,405

2,321

1,166

3,487

Sundry stocks include items such as glasses, packaging, uniform and drinks decorations. Inventory is net of provision of £0.16 million (2022: 
£0.23 million). £nil was written down in the year as an expense (2022: £0.11 million).

The cost of inventories is recognised as an expense in cost of sales as follows:

 Cost of inventories

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

35,419

30,359

 
 
 
Financial Statements

110

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

15. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year

Trade receivables

Accrued rebate income

Prepayments 

Other debtors

The ageing of trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-60 days

More than 60 days

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

4,429

721

5,809

489

11,448

3,707

501

4,427

142

8,777

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

4,183

234

8

4

4,429

3,207

298

42

160

3,707

The Directors are not aware of any factors affecting the recoverability of outstanding balances as at 1 July 2023 (2022: none).

All receivables are GBP denominated. The Group trade and other receivables is net of provisions of £45k (2022: £124k). There were no 
write-offs in the year. 

£2.6 million of Trade receivables relates to uncleared credit and debit card takings (2022: £2.3 million).

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

3,367

18,815

Cash and cash equivalents consist entirely of cash at bank and on hand. Balances are denominated in Sterling. The Directors consider that the 
carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value.

17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Other taxes and social security costs

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

15,011

1,339

11,261

4,109

31,720

11,801

142

15,434

3,241

30,618

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled 30 days after the month of invoice. Trade payables are 
denominated in Sterling. The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value. The 
Group also has £27k of corporation tax payable due.

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page Title 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

111

18. Lease liabilities

At 2 July 2022

Reassessment/modification of liabilities previously recognised

Modifications taken as a credit to administrative expenses (note 3)

Additions

Lease liability payments

Finance costs

At 1 July 2023

Bars & Pubs  
£’000

104,976

1,096

(50)

25,451

(11,311)

5,161

125,323

Vehicles  
£’000

6

–

–

–

(6)

–

–

Total  
£’000

104,982

1,096

(50)

25,451

(11,317)

5,161

125,323

Cash payments in the period comprise interest of £4.9 million and principal of £6.4 million. Reassessment and modification of liabilities 
previously recognised predominantly relates to the re-gear of six bars and pubs (2022: five bars) where either the length of the lease has 
been extended or the rental charge has been increased.

The expense relating to short-term, low-value and variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities is £0.1 million 
(2022: £0.1 million). A number of bars and pubs have options to break the lease at an earlier point. Management consider each of these based 
on likelihood for the purposes of IFRS 16 calculations.

Lease liabilities are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:

Amounts due within one year

Amounts due after more than one year

The maturity analysis of the lease liabilities is as follows:

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

After 5 years

Effect of discounting

Carrying amount of liability

Please see note 12 for details of right-of-use assets.

19. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Revolving credit facility

Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

7,087

118,236

125,323

5,437

99,545

104,982

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

12,458

12,328

12,011

11,932

11,119

142,355

(76,880)

125,323

9,629

9,781

9,787

9,601

9,285

99,225

(42,326)

104,982

1 July 2023 
£’000

25,000

–

25,000

2 July 2022 
£’000

–

14,751

14,751

As at the date of the consolidated financial position, the Group had a revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) of £30.0 million expiring June 
2025, of which £25.0 million was drawn down. The facility is subject to interest charged at a margin plus SONIA, and a minimum liquidity 
covenant. Please see the going concern disclosure in note 1 for further information.

The Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) loans were repaid in October 2022 as part of the 10 October 2022 
refinancing.

 
Financial Statements

112

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

19. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings continued
The Facility is secured and supported by debentures over the assets of Revolution Bars Group plc, Revolución De Cuba Limited, Revolution 
Bars Limited, Revolution Bars (Number Two) Limited and Inventive Service Company Limited, and the Peach Pub subsidiaries, and an unlimited 
guarantee.

All borrowings are held in Sterling. There is no material difference between the fair value and book value of the Group interest-bearing 
borrowings. For more information on the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, see note 24.

20. Provisions
The dilapidations provision relates to a provision for dilapidations due at the end of leases. The Group provides for unavoidable costs 
associated with lease terminations and expires against all leasehold properties across the entire estate, built up over the period until exit. 
Other provisions include provisions for various COVID-19 related items, which are uncertain of timing and therefore classified as less than 
one year. Dilapidations provisions are expected to be utilised over the next 5-15 years as leases come to an end.

At 2 July 2022

Movement on provision

Release of provision

Utilisation of provision

At 1 July 2023

Current

Non-current

Other  
provisions  
£’000

Dilapidations 
provision  
£’000

Total  
provisions
£’000

1,314

–

(443)

–

871

1,582

2,896

510

–

(125)

510

(443)

(125)

1,967

2,838

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

871

1,967

2,838

1,314

1,582

2,896

21. Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior 
reporting periods:

At 3 July 2021

Charge to income

At 2 July 2022

Charge to income

At 1 July 2023

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Total

Share-based 
payments  
£’000

Disclaimed or 
not used Capital 
Allowances 
£’000

Brought-forward 
losses  
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

As at the reporting date, the Group had unused tax losses of £70.7 million (2022: £45.5 million) available for offset against future taxable 
profits, but has not recognised a deferred tax asset in relation to these (or any other credits, including for Capital Allowances) due to uncertain 
trading conditions.

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page Title 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

113

22. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

230,048,520 £0.001 Ordinary Shares (2022: 230,048,520 £0.001 Ordinary Shares)

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

230

230

230

230

On 27 July 2020 the Company issued 75,017,495 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each, and on 15 June 2021 the Company issued a 
further 105,001,866 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each. The 19.9p premium per share less the costs was credited to the share 
premium account to a total of £33.8 million.

23. Share-based payments (equity settled)
The Group currently operates one share award plan, which is an equity settled scheme. The Group previously operated “The Revolution Bars 
Group Share Plan” which comprised a Nominal Cost Option and a linked, tax-favoured Company Share Option, which were established in 
2015 and continued to run until expiry in 2022.

The Restricted Share Award scheme (“RSA”)

Since FY21, the Group has adopted an RSA Scheme. Awards are made under the RSA to Executive Directors and other Senior Management. 
These awards vest over a period of the later of the preliminary announcement of results for the third financial period after issue (inclusive of 
the year in which granted) or three years from the date of grant. The fair value of the schemes is calculated at the reporting date taking the 
closing share price and revaluing at each reporting date across the vesting period. All shares were awarded at £0.001 cost.

The Restricted Share Award scheme was established in 2020 as a form of Management incentive; there are no specific performance 
conditions required other than satisfactory personal and Company performance, and continued employment over the three-year vesting 
period.

Total share-based payment plans

The total credit for the period relating to employee share-based payment plans was £0.1 million (2022: £0.08 million charge), all of which 
related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions. A credit of £0.01 million (2022: credit of £0.01 million) was released in FY23 
following the lapse of the previous LTIP award schemes.

The table below summarises the amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income 
during the period for all schemes:

2018 LTIP Award

2019 LTIP Award

2020 LTIP Award

2021 RSA Award

2022 RSA Award

2023 RSA Award

(Credit)/charge arising from long-term incentive plans

In the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023, conditional awards of ordinary shares were granted as follows:

25 October 2022

Total

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

–

(99)

(67)

(7)

6

50

(117)

(51)

(43)

20

36

115

–

77

Restricted Share Award scheme (“RSA”)

5,628,887

 5,628,887

The RSA is dependent upon satisfactory personal and company performance, and continued employment over the three-year vesting period; 
the shares can be vested on the later of the relevant preliminary announcement or three years from initial grant.

 
Financial Statements

114

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

23. Share-based payments (equity settled) continued
Total share-based payment plans continued

Under the RSA schemes and previous NCO schemes, the number of shares and movements in options, as well as the performance conditions, 
are detailed below.

Award

Grant Date

Performance period

Movement in period

2019 LTIP

18-Oct-18 and 01-Apr-19

2020 LTIP

2021 RSA

2022 RSA

2023 RSA

23-Oct-19

24-Dec-20

23-Nov-21

25-Oct-22

Start

Jun-19

Jun-19

n/a

n/a

n/a

End

Jun-22

Jun-22

n/a

n/a

n/a

At start

10,000

696,269

1,217,854

4,096,776

Granted

Lapsed

Forfeited

At end

–

–

–

–

(10,000)

(696,269)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(112,102)

1,105,752

(417,784)

3,678,992

(372,080)

5,256,807

–

5,628,887

6,020,899

5,628,887

(706,269)

(901,966)

10,041,551

24. Financial instruments
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. The overall objective of the 
Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.

The Group is exposed to the following financial risks: 

•  credit risk;

• 

liquidity risk;

•  market risk; and

•  capital risk.

Cash and cash equivalents are held in Pounds Sterling. Trade and other payables are measured at amortised cost.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the Group’s cash balances held with counterparties and trade and other receivables. Credit risk is the risk of financial 
loss to the Group if a third-party owing monies to the Group fails to meet its contractual obligations. The Group limits its exposure to credit risk 
from trade receivables by establishing a maximum payment period of three months for corporate customers.

Trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost. Book values and expected cash flow are reviewed by the Board and any 
impairment is charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the relevant period. Trade and other 
receivables do not contain any impaired assets.

All cash balances are held with reputable banks and the Board monitors its exposure to counterparty risk on an ongoing basis. The Group 
attempts to mitigate credit risk by assessing financial counterparties.

Given the nature of the Group’s operations, the Directors do not consider the Group’s credit risk, which arises mainly from cash held with 
mainstream UK banks, to be significant.

The Group’s financial assets, which are exposed to credit risk, are as follows:

Trade receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

4,429

3,367

7,796

3,707

18,815

22,522

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page Title 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

115

24. Financial instruments continued
Credit risk continued

The ageing of trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-60 days

More than 60 days

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

4,183

234

8

4

4,429

3,207

298

42

160

3,707

The Directors are not aware of any factors affecting the recoverability of outstanding balances as at 1 July 2023.

In accordance with IFRS 9, the Group has two types of financial assets that are subject to the expected credit loss model:

•  Trade and other receivables

•  Accrued rebate income

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all 
trade receivables and accrued rebate income.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and accrued rebate income have been grouped based on similar credit risk 
characteristics. Both primarily relate to outstanding amounts due from suppliers in relation to agreed rebates and thus have substantially the 
same risk characteristics. The Group has, therefore, concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable 
approximation of the loss rates for accrued rebate income.

The expected loss rates are based on the risk profiles of the suppliers with whom the balances are held as well as the related historical results 
of recoverability. On that basis, the loss allowance as at 1 July 2023 and as at 2 July 2022 was determined as follows for both trade receivables 
and accrued rebate income:

Expected loss rate

Trade and other receivables

Accrued rebate income

 1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

2%

709

721

28

2%

1,168

501

28

The difference between trade receivables, as shown immediately above at £0.7 million (2022: £1.2 million), and the £4.1 million balance 
(2022: £3.7 million) earlier in this note relates to uncleared credit and debit card takings and other receivables, which have been determined 
as having no expected credit loss due to their very short clearance period (two to three days at the balance sheet date), and the bad 
debt provision.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its future obligations 
as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its financial 
liabilities when they fall due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
Group’s reputation.

The Group aims to maintain a level of cash and cash equivalents in excess of expected cash outflows on financial liabilities over the next 
90 days. The Group also closely monitors the level of expected cash inflows on trade and other trade receivables.

The Group maintains forward cash flow projections, updated daily, to ensure that it always has sufficient cash on hand to meet expected 
operational expenses. The Group has committed lines of credit through an undrawn revolving credit facility due to expire in June 2025 
provided by Natwest, of which £25.0 million was drawn at 1 July 2023. See note 1 under sub-heading Going concern for further details of 
the Group’s funding arrangements.

 
 
Financial Statements

116

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the consolidated  
financial information continued
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

24. Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk continued

The Group’s financial liabilities are as follows:

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Revolving credit facility

CLBILS loans

The maturity analysis of the financial liabilities is as follows:

As at 1 July 2023

Trade and other payables

Revolving credit facility

CLBILS loans

As at 2 July 2022

Trade and other payables

Revolving credit facility

CLBILS loans

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

15,011

1,339

11,261

25,000

–

52,611

> 5 years  
£’000

–

–

–

1–5 years  
£’000

–

25,000

–

1–5 years  
£’000

> 5 years  
£’000

–

–

14,751

–

–

–

11,801

142

15,434

–

14,751

42,128

Total  
£’000

16,350

25,000

–

Total  
£’000

11,943

–

14,751

< 1 year  
£’000

16,350

–

–

< 1 year  
£’000

11,943

–

–

These liabilities are short term in nature and are stated on an undiscounted basis.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates or foreign exchange rates, will affect the Group’s costs. The 
objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters. Market interest rate risk 
arises from the Group’s holding of interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities.

At 1 July 2023, the Group’s interest-bearing financial assets consisted solely of cash and cash equivalents (see note 16). The Group has 
interest-bearing financial liabilities as at 1 July 2023, comprising a drawn Revolving Credit Facility of £25.0 million (2022: CLBILS term loan of 
£14.8 million).

The Group does not enter into derivatives or hedging transactions.

The main risk arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk. The Group does not have any exposure to foreign currency 
risk as all of the Group’s revenue and costs are in GBP.

The Board makes ad hoc decisions at its regular meetings as to whether to hold funds in instant access accounts or longer-term deposits. 
All accounts are held with reputable UK banks. These policies, which the Directors consider to be appropriate for the current stage of 
development of the Group’s business, will be kept under review by the Board in future years.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of each category of financial instruments is the same as their carrying value in the Group statement of financial position.

Page Title 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

117

24. Financial instruments continued
Capital risk

The Group’s capital is made up of share capital and retained earnings.

The objectives when managing capital are:

• 

to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders; and

• 

to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet its expected operational expenses, including the servicing of any financial 
obligations. This excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances which cannot be reasonably predicted.

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. All working 
capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources and a revolving credit facility. There are no externally imposed capital 
requirements. Financing decisions are made by the Board based on forecasts of the expected timing and level of capital and operating 
expenditure required to meet the Group’s commitments and development plans. When monitoring capital risk, the Group considers its 
gearing ratio.

25. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Final dividend for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 of nil per share  
(52 weeks ended 2 July 2022 of nil per share)

26. Related party transactions
(a) Subsidiaries

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

–

–

–

–

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this note.

(b) Key management personnel

The compensation of key management personnel (including the Directors) is as follows:

Key management emoluments including social security costs

Awards granted under long-term incentive plans

Pension contributions to money purchase schemes1

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

2,365

403

90

2,858

1,459

721

86

2,266

1 

Includes salary enhancements made in lieu of pension contributions due to pension caps.

The Group’s key management are the Directors of the Company and Senior Management as detailed on pages 52 to 54. Details of the 
Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. The Group did not enter into any form of loan arrangement with 
any Director during any of the reporting periods presented.

 
 
Financial Statements

118

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27. Post balance sheet events
Changes to committed borrowing facilities

As at the date of the consolidated financial position the Group had a revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £30.0 million expiring in June 2025. In 
October 2023, it was agreed with the bank that all previously agreed reductions in the facility would be deferred to 30 June 2025, meaning at 
that date a £5.0 million reduction is due. Furthermore, all profitability-based covenants were waived, and the minimum liquidity covenant was 
amended to link to management forecasts. Further details of the facility, their duration, amortisation profiles, future availability of committed 
funding and covenants are set out under the going concern section of note 1 to the financial statements.

Changes in leases

Revolution Putney was closed in FY23 and the lease was exited shortly after year-end. Revolution Clapham High Street was closed at the start 
of FY24 and an exit of the lease is expected shortly. A new Peach Pub, The Three Horseshoes, opened in October 2023.

28. Alternative Performance Measures – Adjusted EBITDA – Non-IFRS 16 Basis
The Board’s preferred profit measures are Alternative Performance Measures (“APM”) adjusted EBITDA and APM adjusted pre-tax loss, as 
shown in the tables below. The APM adjusted measures exclude exceptional items, bar opening costs and charges/credits arising from long 
term incentive plans. Non-GAAP measures are presented below which encompasses adjusted EBITDA on an IFRS 16 basis:

Non-GAAP measures

Revenue

Operating (loss)/profit

Exceptional items

(Credit)/charge arising from long-term incentive plans

Bar opening costs

Adjusted operating profit

Finance expense

Adjusted (loss)/profit before tax

Depreciation

Amortisation

Finance expense

Adjusted EBITDA

A comparison of statutory and APM exceptionals is provided below:

Administrative expenses/(income):

– impairment of right-of-use assets

– impairment of property, plant and equipment

– lease modification

– acquisition costs

– business restructure

Total exceptional items

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

Note

2

5

3

23

8

5

8

152,551

(15,151)

20,244

(117)

–

4,976

(7,056)

(2,080)

12,057

5

7,056

17,038

140,821

7,412

561

77

306

8,356

(5,280)

3,076

11,067

3

5,280

19,426

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023
IFRS 16
 £’000

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023
IAS 17
 £’000

12,642

6,096

(50)

1,499

57

20,244

–

6,096

–

1,499

57

7,652

Notes to the consolidated  financial information continuedfor the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

119

28. Alternative Performance Measures – Adjusted EBITDA – Non-IFRS 16 Basis continued
The below table reconciles from the statutory non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA to the APM formats, which translates to a pre-IFRS 16 basis by 
inputting the rental charge and other relevant adjustments.

Operating loss

Exceptional items

Credit arising from long-term  
incentive plans

Adjusted operating profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Adjusted loss before tax

Depreciation

Amortisation

Finance income

Finance expense

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit

Exceptional items

Charge arising from long-term 
incentive plans

Bar opening costs

Adjusted operating profit

Finance expense

Adjusted profit before tax

Depreciation

Amortisation

Finance expense

Adjusted EBITDA

 52 weeks 
ended  
1 July 2023 
 IFRS 16 
 £’000 

(15,151)

20,244

(117)

4,976

–

(7,056)

(2,080)

12,057

5

–

7,056

17,038

Reduction in 
depreciation
 £’000 

Reduction in 
interest
 £’000 

Onerous lease 
provision 
interest
 £’000 

6,022

–

–

6,022

–

–

6,022

(6,022)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16

5,145

5,161

–

–

(16)

(5,145)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(211)

(211)

–

–

–

211

–

 52 weeks 
ended  
2 July 2022 
 IFRS 16 
 £’000 

Reduction in 
depreciation
 £’000 

Reduction in 
interest
 £’000 

Onerous lease 
provision 
interest
 £’000 

7,412

561

77

306

8,356

(5,280)

3,076

11,067

3

5,280

19,426

6,218

–

–

–

6,218

–

6,218

(6,218)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,393

4,393

–

–

(4,393)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(30)

(30)

–

–

30

–

Rent charge
£’000

IFRS 16 
Exceptionals
£’000

(10,424)

12,592

–

–

(10,424)

–

–

(10,424)

–

–

–

–

(10,424)

Rent charge
£’000

(9,189)

–

–

–

(9,189)

–

(9,189)

–

–

–

(9,189)

(12,592)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

IFRS 16 
Exceptionals
£’000

328

(328)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 52 weeks 
ended  
1 July 2023 
IAS 17
 £’000 

(6,961)

7,652

(117)

574

16

(2,122)

(1,532)

6,035

5

(16)

2,122

6,614

 52 weeks 
ended  
2 July 2022 
IAS 17
 £’000 

4,769

233

77

306

5,385

(917)

4,468

4,849

3

917

10,237

The APM profit measures have been prepared using the reported results for the current period and replacing the accounting entries related to 
IFRS 16 Leases with an estimate of the accounting entries that would have arisen when applying IAS 17 Leases. The effective tax rate has been 
assumed to be unaltered by this change. Impairment assumptions have been re-geared for an IAS 17 perspective, and the onerous lease 
provision movement has been included.

The APM profit measures see a large reduction in depreciation due to the non-inclusion of IFRS 16 depreciation on the right-of-use assets, 
and similarly non-inclusion of the finance expense of interest on lease liabilities. The operating loss is impacted by the inclusion of rent 
expenditure from the income statement and inclusion of the onerous lease provision. Exceptionals are significantly impacted by the change 
in impairment, gain on disposals recognised under IFRS 16, and the classification of certain cash closure exceptionals.

Financial Statements

120

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Company statement of financial position
at 1 July 2023

Assets

Non-current assets

Investments

Trade and other receivables

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

5

6

6

7

15,650

27,419

–

43,069

29,650

–

33,589

63,239

–

–

–

–

43,069

63,239

230

33,794

11,645

(2,600)

43,069

230

33,794

11,645

17,570

63,239

The Company made a £2.1 million loss after tax in the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 (52 weeks ended 2 July 2022: £1,000 loss). The financial 
statements on pages 120 to 125 were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 October 2023 and signed on its behalf by

Danielle Davies
Director

Page Title 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

121

Company statement of changes in equity
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

At 3 July 2021

Loss and total comprehensive expense for the period

Charges arising from long-term incentive plans

At 2 July 2022

Loss and total comprehensive expense for the period

Credit arising from long-term incentive plans

Share  
capital  
£’000

230

–

–

 Share  
premium  
£’000

33,794

–

–

Reserves

Merger 
 reserve  
£’000

11,645

–

–

230

33,794

11,645

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings  
£’000

17,494

(1)

77

17,570

(20,053)

(117)

Total  
equity  
£’000

63,163

(1)

77

63,239

(20,053)

(117)

At 1 July 2023

230

33,794

11,645

(2,600)

43,069

Company statement of cash flows
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

Cash flow from operating activities

Loss before tax

Adjustments for:

Investment impairment

Dividends received

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

(Credit)/charge arising from share-based payments

Net cash flow used in operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Dividends received from subsidiary company

Net cash flow generated from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Equity dividends paid

Net cash flow generated from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

(20,053)

14,000

–

6,170

(117)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1)

–

–

(76)

77

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
Financial Statements

122

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the Company financial information

1. Accounting policies
Statement of compliance

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under those standards, and they apply to the financial 
statements of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023 (prior period 52 weeks ended 2 July 2022).

Basis of preparation

The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under those standards. They are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, with values rounded to the nearest hundred thousand, except where otherwise indicated. The financial statements have also been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, on a going concern basis. These policies have been applied consistently, other than where 
new policies have been adopted.

Going concern

The Company going concern is reliant on Group performance; the Directors have reviewed the Company’s trading forecasts for the next 12 
months and formed a judgement at the time of approving the financial information that there is a reasonable expectation that the Company 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason the Directors continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial information. Please refer to the Group going concern disclosure in note 1 of the consolidated 
financial statements, which references a material uncertainty, for further information. This material uncertainty relates to both the Group and 
Company.

(a) Accounting policies

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash 
equivalents, loans and borrowings and trade and other payables.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and cash held at bank. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral 
part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the cash flow statement.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-
bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. This is recognised as an employee 
expense with a corresponding increase in equity. Fair value is measured by the Monte Carlo model for options subject to a market-based 
performance condition and by use of a Black-Scholes model for all others. Cost is recharged to subsidiary entities.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings
A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company, where control is the power to govern the financial and 
operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefit from its activities. Investments in subsidiaries represent interests in subsidiaries that 
are directly owned by the Company and are stated at cost less any provision for permanent diminution in value.

Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of Ordinary Shares are recognised as a deduction 
from equity, net of any tax effects.

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

123

1. Accounting policies continued
(a) Accounting policies continued

Dividends
Dividends receivable from the Company’s subsidiaries and joint venture investments are recognised only when they are approved or paid by 
shareholders.

Dividend distributions to the company’s shareholders are recognised in the period in which the dividends are paid, and, for the final dividend, 
when approved by the company’s shareholders at the AGM.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 
the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination; and differences 
relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax 
provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
difference can be utilised.

(b) Critical judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty

The preparation of financial information in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results in due course 
may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis and are based on historical experience and other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation and uncertainty at the date of the statement of financial 
position that have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial 
period are set out below.

The Directors consider the principal estimates made in the Financial Statements to be:
Recoverable amount of investments (note 5) and intercompany receivables (note 6)
An impairment review of the carrying value of the Investment in subsidiaries was carried out, using a value in use (“VIU”) with free cash flows 
starting in FY24 (based on the Board-approved budget), a post-tax discount rate of 11.6% (2022:11.0%) and a long-term growth rate of 1% (2022: 
1%). If the post-tax discount rate was increased by 1% this would reduce the VIU by £2.2 million. If the growth rate was reduced by 1% this would 
reduce the VIU by £1.7 million. If both were changed by 1% this would reduce the VIU by £3.6 million.

Intercompany receivables were reclassified to non-current in the year following an assessment on payback period. The balance was also 
subject to an increased 20% (2022: 2%) expected credit loss provision.

The Directors do not consider there to be any principal judgements.

(c) New and amended standards adopted by the Group

There are no relevant new standards and interpretations adopted or not yet adopted.

Financial Statements

124

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes to the Company  
financial information continued
for the 52 weeks ended 1 July 2023

2. Result for the period
No profit or loss account is presented for the Company as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The loss after tax for the 
period was £20.1 million (2022: £1,000 loss), arising from impairment in investments, an increase in expected credit loss provision, and the 
share-based payment recharge, and prior year from the expected credit loss only. 

3. Auditors’ remuneration
Auditors’ remuneration in respect of the Company audit was £3,000 (2022: £2,000).

4. Directors’ remuneration and employee costs
Details of Directors remuneration in respect of services delivered to the Group are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 
71 to 78. The remuneration received by the Directors in respect of directly attributable services to this company is inconsequential in the 
context of the remuneration figure. The Company has no employees other than the Directors and the Directors are not remunerated through 
this Company other than by issues of share-based payments as described in note 1 to the Company financial statements. The Directors are 
considered to be the Key Management Personnel of the Company.

5. Investments
Investments in the Company’s statement of financial position consist of investments in subsidiary undertakings as follows:

At cost and net book value:

At the beginning of the period

Investment in subsidiary

Impairment charge

At the end of the period

52 weeks ended 
1 July 2023 
£’000

52 weeks ended 
2 July 2022 
£’000

29,650

29,650

–

(14,000)

15,650

–

–

29,650

As at 1 July 2023 and at 2 July 2022, the Company owned 100 per cent of the Ordinary Share capital of the following UK companies:

Company name

Country of incorporation 

Class of shares

Holding

Status

Inventive GuaranteeCo Limited1

Revolution Bars (Number Two) Limited1

Revolution Bars Limited1

Revolución de Cuba Limited1

Inventive Service Company Limited1

Inventive Leisure Limited1

Rev Bars Limited1

Inventive Leisure (Services) Limited1

New Inventive Bar Company Limited1

The Peach Pub Company (Holdings) Limited1

The Peach Pub Properties Limited1

The Peach Pub Company Limited1

100% Peach Limited1

Pretty As Peach Limited1

Pure Peach Limited1

Peach Almanack Limited1

Giant Peach Pubs Limited1

Peach Paddy Club Limited1

Peach County Limited1

Peach Melba Limited1

Peach On The Water Limited1

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Holding company+

Trading+

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Dormant++

Dormant++

Dormant++

Dormant++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

Trading++

1 

The registered address of each company is 21 Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyne, Tameside OL6 6LA.

+  Direct holding

++ 

Indirect holding

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

125

6. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings falling due within one year

Amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings falling due after more than one year

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

–

–

33,589

33,589

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

27,419

27,419

–

–

Amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand. The balance has been reclassified to 
non-current receivables in the current reporting period following an assessment of the payback period which was based on repayment 
expectations. The amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings is net of an expected credit loss provision from IFRS 9 of £6.855 million (2022: 
£0.685 million). 

7. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

230,048,520 £0.001 Ordinary Shares (2022: 230,048,520 £0.001 Ordinary Shares)

1 July 2023 
£’000

2 July 2022 
£’000

230

230

230

230

On 27 July 2020 the Company issued 75,017,495 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each, and on 15 June 2021 the Company issued a 
further 105,001,866 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each. The 19.9p premium per share less the costs was credited to the share 
premium account in the prior year to a total of £33.8 million.

 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

126

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Glossary

Adjusted

“Adjusted” before any performance measure denotes that it excludes exceptional items, 
share-based payment (credit)/charges and bar opening costs

Alternative Performance Measure (“APM”) Key performance measure reported on an IAS 17 basis

AGM

Earnings per share

EBITDA

ENPS 

EPS 

EVP

Exceptional items

FY22 

FY23

IAS 17

Like-for-like sales

Net bank debt

Operating Profit

Profit before tax

Annual General Meeting

Profit after tax of the business divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue 
during the period

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation. Please refer to note 28 for an 
understanding of how this metric has been affected by the implementation of IFRS 16

Employee Net Promoter Score

Earnings per share

Employee Value Proposition

Items that by virtue of their unusual nature or size warrant separate additional disclosure in 
the financial statements in order to fully understand the performance of the Group

The financial reporting period ended 2 July 2022

The financial reporting period ended 1 July 2023

Where measures are described as being prepared on an “IAS 17” basis, this means that they 
reflect the framework of accounting that applied in FY19 prior to the transition to IFRS 16 in FY20

This measure provides an indicator of the underlying performance of our bars and pubs. There 
is no accounting standard or consistent definition of “like-for-like sales” across the industry. 
Group like-for-like sales are defined as sales at only those venues that traded in both the current 
year and comparative reporting periods

Net bank debt is calculated as bank borrowings less cash at bank and other cash and cash 
equivalents

Earnings before interest and tax

Profit after taking account of all income and costs including interest but before tax

Page TitleOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

127

Corporate information
Revolution Bars Group plc 
Registered number 08838504

Financial PR
Instinctif Partners
65 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7NQ

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Hardman Square
Spinningfields
Manchester
M3 3EB

Tax advisers
Grant Thornton UK LLP
4 Hardman Square
Spinningfields
Manchester
M3 3EB

Legal advisers (corporate)
Gowling WLG (UK) LLP
4 More London Riverside
London
SE1 2AU

Legal advisers (property)
Shoosmiths
100 Avebury Boulevard
Milton Keynes
MK9 1FH

Legal advisers (licensing)
Kuits
3 St Mary’s Parsonage
Manchester
M3 2RD

Registered address
21 Old Street
Ashton-under-Lyne
Tameside
OL6 6LA

Nominated adviser and broker
Cavendish
1 Bartholomew Close
London
EC1A 7BL

Registrar
Link Group
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

CBP021493

Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota)  
under the PAS2060 standard. 

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and 
other controlled sources.  This publication was printed by an FSC™ 
certified printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification. 

100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies  
with RoHS legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the 
Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press 
chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any 
waste associated with this production will be recycled and the 
remaining 1% used to generate energy. 

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the 
purchase and preservation of high conservation value land. Through 
protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is 
locked-in, that would otherwise be released. 

R

e

v

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

B

a

r

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

Financial Statements

Registered address

21 Old Street 
Ashton-under-Lyne 
Tameside 
OL6 6LA

Page Title